PURY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PURY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010V-D
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010, P1013, P1016V-E
HEAD OFFICE MITSUBISHI DENKI BLDG. MARUNOUCHI TOKYO 100-0005 TELEX J24532 CABLE MELCO TOKYO
Issued in June 1999 MEE98K028
Printed in Japan
New publication effective June 1999
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Service Handbook PUHY, PUY, PURY-200·250YMF-B/PUHY, PURY-P200·P250YMF-B/CMB-P-V-D, CMB-P-V-E
Service Handbook PUHY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PUHY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
PUY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
AIR CONDITIONERS CITY MULTI
Models
PUHY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PUHY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
PUY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PURY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PURY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010V-D
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010, P1013, P1016V-E
Service Handbook
1 PRECAUTIONS FOR DEVICES THAT USE R407C REFRIGERANT
Caution
Do not use the existing refrigerant piping.
Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve.
•
•
The old refrigerant and refrigerator oil in the existing
piping contains a large amount of chlorine which may
cause the refrigerator oil of the new unit to deteriorate.
Do not use the following tools that have been used
with conventional refrigerants.
(Gauge manifold, charge hose, gas leak detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant charge base,
vacuum gauge, refrigerant recovery equipment)
Use refrigerant piping made of C1220 (CU-DHP) phosphorus deoxidized copper as specified in the *JIS
H3300 “Copper and copper alloy seamless pipes and
tubes”. In addition, be sure that the inner and outer
surfaces of the pipes are clean and free of hazardous
sulphur, oxides, dust/dirt, shaving particles, oils,
moisture, or any other contaminant.
•
•
If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are
mixed in the R407C, the refrigerant may deteriorated.
• If water is mixed in the R407C, the refrigerator oil
may deteriorate.
• Since R407C does not contain any chlorine, gas
leak detectors for conventional refrigerants will not
react to it.
Contaminants on the inside of the refrigerant piping
may cause the refrigerant residual oil to deteriorate.
*JIS: Japanese Industrial Standard
Store the piping to be used during installation indoors
and keep both ends of the piping sealed until just
before brazing. (Store elbows and other joints in a
plastic bag.)
•
Do not use a charging cylinder.
•
If dust, dirt, or water enters the refrigerant cycle,
deterioration of the oil and compressor trouble may
result.
Use ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene (small
amount) as the refrigerator oil to coat flares and
flange connections.
The refrigerator oil will degrade if it is mixed with a
large amount of mineral oil.
Use liquid refrigerant to seal the system.
If gas refrigerant is used to seal the system, the composition of the refrigerant in the cylinder will change
and performance may drop.
Do not use a refrigerant other than R407C.
•
If dust, dirt, or water gets in the refrigerant cycle, the
refrigerant may deteriorate.
If the refrigerant leaks, recover the refrigerant in the
refrigerant cycle, then recharge the cycle with the
specified amount of the liquid refrigerant indicated
on the air conditioner.
•
•
Using a charging cylinder may cause the refrigerant
to deteriorate.
Be especially careful when managing the tools.
•
•
The vacuum pump oil may flow back into the refrigerant cycle and cause the refrigerator oil to deteriorate.
If another refrigerant (R22, etc.) is used, the chlorine
in the refrigerant may cause the refrigerator oil to deteriorate.
–1–
Since R407C is a nonazeotropic refrigerant, if additionally charged when the refrigerant leaked, the composition of the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle will
change and result in a drop in performance or abnormal stopping.
[1] Storage of Piping Material
(1) Storage location
Store the pipes to be used indoors. (Warehouse at site or owner’s warehouse)
Storing them outdoors may cause dirt, waste, or water to infiltrate.
(2) Pipe sealing before storage
Both ends of the pipes should be sealed until immediately before brazing.
Wrap elbows and T’s in plastic bags for storage.
* The new refrigerator oil is 10 times more hygroscopic than the conventional refrigerator oil (such as Suniso). Water
infiltration in the refrigerant circuit may deteriorate the oil or cause a compressor failure. Piping materials must be
stored with more care than with the conventional refrigerant pipes.
–2–
[2] Piping Machining
Use ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene (small amount) as the refrigerator oil to coat flares and flange connections.
Use only the necessary minimum quantity of oil !
Reason :
1. The refrigerator oil used for the equipment is highly hygroscopic and may introduce water inside.
Notes :
• Introducing a great quantity of mineral oil into the refrigerant circuit may also cause a compressor failure.
• Do not use oils other than ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene.
–3–
[3] Necessary Apparatus and Materials and Notes on Their Handling
The following tools should be marked as dedicated tools for R407C.
<<Comparison of apparatus and materials used for R407C and for R22>>
Apparatus Used
Use
R22
Gauge manifold
Charging hose
Charging cylinder
Gas leakage detector
Refrigerant collector
Refrigerant cylinder
Evacuating, refrigerant filling
Operation check
Refrigerant charging
Gas leakage check
Refrigerant collection
Refrigerant filling
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
R22
R22
Vacuum pump
Vacuum drying
Current product
Vacuum pump with a check valve
Flare tool
Bender
Application oil
Flaring of pipes
Bending of pipes
Applied to flared parts
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
Welder and nitrogen cylinder
Refrigerant charging meter
Vacuum gauge
Tightening of flare nuts
Cutting of pipes
Welding of pipes
Refrigerant charging
Checking the vacuum degree
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
Symbols :
To be used for R407C only.
R407C
Do not use.
Shared with R134a
For R407C use only
Identification of dedicated use for R407C
: Record refrigerant
name and put brown
belt on upper part of
cylinder.
Can be used by
attaching an adapter
with a check valve.
Ester oil or Ether oil or
Alkybenzene (Small
amount)
Can also be used for conventional refrigerants.
Tools for R407C must be handled with more care than those for conventional refrigerants. They must not come into contact
with any water or dirt.
–4–
[4] Brazing
No changes from the conventional method, but special care is required so that foreign matter (ie. oxide scale, water, dirt,
etc.) does not enter the refrigerant circuit.
Example : Inner state of brazed section
When non-oxide brazing was not used
When non-oxide brazing was used
Items to be strictly observed :
1. Do not conduct refrigerant piping work outdoors on a rainy day.
2. Apply non-oxide brazing.
3. Use a brazing material (Bcup-3) which requires no flux when brazing between copper pipes or between a copper pipe
and copper coupling.
4. If installed refrigerant pipes are not immediately connected to the equipment, then braze and seal both ends of them.
Reasons :
1. The new refrigerant oil is 10 times more hygroscopic than the conventional oil. The probability of a machine failure if
water infiltrates is higher than with conventional refrigerant oil.
2. A flux generally contains chlorine. A residual flux in the refrigerant circuit may generate sludge.
Note :
• Commercially available antioxidants may have adverse effects on the equipment due to its residue, etc. When
applying non-oxide brazing, use nitrogen.
–5–
[5] Airtightness Test
No changes from the conventional method. Note that a refrigerant leakage detector for R22 cannot detect R407C
leakage.
Halide torch
R22 leakage detector
Items to be strictly observed :
1. Pressurize the equipment with nitrogen up to the design pressure and then judge the equipment’s airtightness, taking
temperature variations into account.
2. When investigating leakage locations using a refrigerant, be sure to use R407C.
3. Ensure that R407C is in a liquid state when charging.
Reasons :
1. Use of oxygen as the pressurized gas may cause an explosion.
2. Charging with R407C gas will lead the composition of the remaining refrigerant in the cylinder to change and this
refrigerant can then not be used.
Note :
• A leakage detector for R407C is sold commercially and it should be purchased.
[6]
Vacuuming
1. Vacuum pump with check valve
A vacuum pump with a check valve is required to prevent the vacuum pump oil from flowing back into the refrigerant
circuit when the vacuum pump power is turned off (power failure).
It is also possible to attach a check valve to the actual vacuum pump afterwards.
2. Standard degree of vacuum for the vacuum pump
Use a pump which reaches 0.5 Torr (500 MICRON) or below after 5 minutes of operation.
In addition, be sure to use a vacuum pump that has been properly maintained and oiled using the specified oil. If the
vacuum pump is not properly maintained, the degree of vacuum may be too low.
3. Required accuracy of the vacuum gauge
Use a vacuum gauge that can measure up to 5 Torr. Do not use a general gauge manifold since it cannot measure a
vacuum of 5 Torr.
4. Evacuating time
• Evacuate the equipment for 1 hour after –755 mmHg (5 Torr) has been reached.
• After envacuating, leave the equipment for 1 hour and make sure the that vacuum is not lost.
5. Operating procedure when the vacuum pump is stopped
In order to prevent a backflow of the vacuum pump oil, open the relief valve on the vacuum pump side or loosen the
charge hose to drawn in air before stopping operation.
The same operating procedure should be used when using a vacuum pump with a check valve.
–6–
[7] Charging of Refrigerant
R407C must be in a liquid state when charging, because it is a non-azeotropic refrigerant.
For a cylinder with a syphon attached
For a cylinder without a syphon attached
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder color identification
R407C-Gray
R410A-Pink
Charged with liquid refrigerant
Valve
Valve
Liquid
Liquid
Reasons :
1. R407C is a mixture of 3 refrigerants, each with a different evaporation temperature. Therefore, if the equipment is
charged with R407C gas, then the refrigerant whose evaporation temperature is closest to the outside temperature is
charged first while the rest of refrigerants remain in the cylinder.
Note :
• In the case of a cylinder with a syphon, liquid R407C is charged without turning the cylinder up side down. Check the
type of cylinder before charging.
[8] Dryer
1. Replace the dryer when the refrigerant circuit is opened (Ex. Change the compressor, full gas leakage). Be sure to
replace the dryer with a CITY MULTI Series Y (For use with R407C).
If any other product is used, the unit will be damaged.
2. Opening the refrigerant circuit after changing to a new dryer is less than 1 hour. The replacement of the dryer should
be the last operation performed.
–7–
2 COMPONENT OF EQUIPMENT
[1] Appearance of Components
Outdoor unit
Propeller fan
• PU(H)Y-200, 250YMF-B
Fan motor
Heat exchanger
(front)
Heat exchanger
(rear)
Noise
filter
Rear
Terminal
Box
Compressor
Accumulator
SCC
PUHY-YMF-B
Accumulator
PUY-YMF-B
Control Box
Accumulator
Control Box
Compressor
4-way valve
Compressor
–8–
• PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
Propeller fan
Fan motor
Heat exchanger (front)
Noise filter
Heat exchanger (rear)
Terminal Box
Compressor
Accumulator
Control Box
Rear
Accumulator
SCC
Heat exchanger
of CS circuit
4-way valve
–9–
Drier
Compressor
• PURY-P200·250YMF-B
Propeller fan
Fan motor
Heat exchanger
(front)
Heat exchanger
(rear)
Noise filter
Control Box
Terminal Box
Solenoid Valves
(SV) Block
Check Valves Drier
(CV) Block
Compressor
Rear
Accumulator
Compressor
Drier
Heat
exchanger
of CS circuit
SV
block
CV block
–10–
Noise Filter Box
Noise filter
Terminal Box
Terminal block TB1
Power source
Terminal block TB3
Transmission
–11–
Terminal block TB7
Transmission (Centralized control)
Controller Box
FANCON board
INV board
MAIN board
Choke coil (L2)
Thyristor module (SCRM)
Transistor module (TRM)
Capacitor (C2, C3)
(Smoothing capacitor)
Diode stack (DS)
Magnetic contactor (52C)
–12–
MAIN board
• PUHY
CNS2
M-NET transmission
(Centralized control)
CNTR
CNFC1
CNVCC4
Power source for
control
CNS1
M-NET transmision
CN40
M-NET transmission
power supply
CNVCC3
Power source for
control
1-2 30V, 1-3 30V
4-6 12V, 5-6 5V
CN51
Indication distance
3-4 Compressor
ON/OFF
3-5 Trouble
CNRS3
Serial transmission to
INV board
CN3D
Cooling/Heating auto
changeover
LD1
Service LED
CN20
Power supply
3 L1
1N
SW3
SW4
SW2
SWU2
–13–
SWU1
SW1
MAIN board
• PURY
CNTR CNFC1
CNVCC4
Power source for
control
CNS1
M-NET
transmission
CNS2
M-NET transmission
(Centralized control)
CN40
M-NET transmission
power supply
CNVCC3
Power source for
control
1-2 30V, 1-3 30V
4-6 12V, 5-6 5V
CN51
Indication distance
3-4 Compressor
ON/OFF
3-5 Trouble
CNRS3
Serial transmission to
INV board
LD1
Service LED
CN20
Power supply
3 L1
1N
SW3
SW4
SW2
SWU2
–14–
SWU1
SW1
INV board
Output to transistor module (INVERTER)
CN3
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CNVCC2
Power supply (5V)
CNVCC1
Power supply
1-2 30V, 1-3 30V
4-6 12V, 5-6 5V
CNL2
Choke coil
CN30V
CNVDC
1-4
DC-560V
CN52C
Control for
52C
CNTH
CNFAN
Control
for MF1
CNAC2
Power
source
1 L2
3N
CNCT
CNR
CNRS2
Serial transmission
to MAIN board
–15–
SW1
FANCON board
CNW
CNFC2
CNV
CNU
–16–
BC controller
CNTR
CN12
Power
supply
1 EARTH
3N
5L
CN02
M-NET
transmission
CN03
SW4
SW2
–17–
SW1
TH6
HEX1
TH5
40 6
HEX2
–18–
63H
CV1
TH8 8
TH1
SCC
93 80
ST6
Comp
O/S
LEV1
SV1
-1
ST7
30 36
6
TH3
CP2 TH4
SLEV
SV2
20.3 17.5
(1.99) (1.72)
CP1
ST5
63HS
CJ1
BV1
TH7
ST4
ST3
27
MA
CP4
SA
ST2
CP3
6
TH2
BV2
-2
Indoor units
Standard operation data are shown for cooling
in the C column and heating in the H column.
Units for each value are
: ˚C for TH1 TH8
˜
: kg/cm2G (MPa) for HPS
CJ2
*Operation data of PUHY-200YMF-B
* C H
ST1
[2] Refrigerant Circuit Diagram and Thermal Sensor
1PUHY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
TH6
HEX1
TH5
40
HEX2
–19–
63H
CV1
TH8 8
93
SCC
TH1
ST6
Comp
O/S
LEV1
SV1
ST7
6
TH3
30
CP2 TH4
SLEV
SV2
20.3
(1.99)
CP1
ST5
63HS
CJ1
BV1
TH7
ST4
ST3
27
MA
CP4
SA
ST2
CP3
6
TH2
BV2
Indoor units
Standard operation data are shown for cooling
in the C.
Units for each value are
: ˚C for TH1 TH8
2G (MPa) for ˜HPS
:
kg/cm
CJ2
*Operation data of PUY-200YMF-B
* C
ST1
2PUY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
-1
-3
–20–
42
TH5
-1
CS-Circuit
HEX b
TH8
11
❈
C
H
TH9
TH10
70
78
ST6
Comp
96
SCC
TH2 CP2
85
TH1
O/S
85
0
LEV1
TH3
ST7
36
SLEV
111 87
34
SV1
CP1
CJ2
27
TH7
TH4 ST4
ST3
MA
63LS
CP3
ST8
3.93 3.67
LEV1
SA
19
-3
ST2
BV2
Indoor units
0.23 0.28
Circulating Configuration : αOC
Standard operation data are shown for cooling in the C column and for heating in
the H column.
TH1~TH5, TH7~TH10 : ˚C
LEV1,SLEV
: pulse
HPS, LPS
: kg/cm2G (MPa)
8
Drier
0
63H
CV1
ST5
21.9 21.4
(2.15) (2.10)
BV1
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
❈ Operation data of PUHY-P250YMF-B
TH6
HEX f
SV2
63HS
CJ1
ST1
➂PUHY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
:
:
:
:
:
:
SP :
ACC :
➃PURY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
SP1
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
Solenoid Valves
Block
63HS
Distributor
SV2
ST5
SV3
SV4
SV6
SV5
O/S
HEXb
CP1
TH7
ST6
CV7
HEXf3
SV1
TH1
CV1
CP3
TH6
ACC
63LS
63H
HEXf2
SLEV
MA
Comp
SA
TH3
HEXf1
ST3
CP2 TH4
SP2
ST4
CV2
CV3
ST1
CV8 CV9
CV10
BV1
CV5
CV4
CV6
TH5
BV2
Check Valves Block
A Block
TH13
SVC
PS1
SVA
SVB
TH14
TH23
TH21
Indoor
units
Gas/liquid separator
TH22
TH12
TH11
B Block
SVM
LEV1 LEV2
LEV4
C Block
LEV3
TH15
TH16
PS3
BC controller
CMB-P104V-D
–21–
LEV
➄PURY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
: Solenoid valve
: Orifice
: Capillary
: Check valve
: Thermal sensor
: Strainer
SP : Service port
ACC : Accumulator
SP1
Solenoid Valves
Block
63HS
Distributor
SV2
ST5
SV4
SV3
O/S
SV5
HEXb
CP1
SV6
TH7
ST6
CV7
HEXf3
SV1
TH1
CV1
CP3
TH6
ACC
63LS
SLEV
63H
HEXf2
MA
Comp
SA
TH3
HEXf1
ST3
TH10
CP2
TH4
SP2
ST4
CV2
CV3
ST1
CV8 CV9
TH2
CP3
TH9
CV10
CV4
Drier
BV1
CV5
CV6
TH5
BV2
CS(Composition Sensing) circuit
Check Valves Block
Valves Block
SVC
SVA
TH13
SVB
TH14
Gas/liquid separator
TH23
TH12
TH21
Indoor
units
TH11
TH22
PS1
SVM
LEV
LEV1
PS3
TH15
LEV3
TH16
BC controller
CMB-P104V-E
–22–
CMY-Y102S-F CMY-Y102L-F
Branch joint
B. Branch pipe kit
A. Outdoor Unit
Model
–23–
125VLMD
125VKM
F. Remote Controller
100, 125
80
63
50
40
32
25
20
Capacity
Model
E. Option (Panel)
125
100VLMD
100VKM
100
-
6GB
3GB
-
˚C
TEMP.
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
CHECK
ON
OFF
TIMER SET
CLOCK ON OFF
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
CLOCK
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
STAND BY
DEFROST
1Hr.
NOT AVAILABLE
˚C
FILTER
TEST RUN
CHECK MODE
TEST RUN
CHECK
FILTER
ON/OFF –
PAR-F25MA
125LW-F
63LW-F
40LW-F
32LW-F
CMP-
Decoration panel
PLP-
125VM
100VM
80VM
80VLMD
-
80VKM
71
63VM
50VM
40VM
32VM
25VM
20VM
PEFY-P
Ceiling concealed
-
-
-
-
-
CENTRAL CONTROLLER
MJ-103MTRA
ON/OFF
TEMP.
0
REMOTE
PROHIBITION
7
4
1
ON/OFF
TEST RUN
MODE
FAN SPEED
3
TIMER
MODE
DEL.
RESET
INS.
6
9
VENTILATION
AIR
DIRECTION
CLOCK/
PATTERN
2
8
5
ENTER
BACK
SCREEN
GROUP
SELECT
50VGM
40VGM
32VGM
25VAM
20VAM
PKFY-P
Wall mounted
MJ-103MTRA
125VM
100VM
80VM
71VM
63VM
50VM
40VM
32VM
25VM
20VM
PDFY-P
Ceiling mounted
built-in
CMY-Y1010-E
10-connection
63VLMD
50VLMD
40VLMD
32VLMD
25VLMD
20VLMD
PLFY-P
2-way flow
80
50VKM
63VKM
50
63
-
32VKM
40VKM
25
32
40
-
PLFY-P
4-way flow
Cassette ceiling
CMY-Y107-E
Branch header
7-connection
PUHY-250YMF-B
PUY-250YMF-B
PUHY-P250YMF-B
20
Capacity
D. Indoor Unit
CMY-Y104-E
4-connection
PUHY-200YMF-B
PUY-200YMF-B
PUHY-P200YMF-B
-
125VGM
CMY-R160-F: for V-D type
CMY-R160-G: for V-E type
CMY-Y102S-F CMY-Y102L-F
PROGRAM TIMER
PAC-SC32PTA
SET/MONITOR
CLOCK
TODAY
OFF
ON
WEEKLY
SETTING
0
3
15
SET BACK
12
SET
DAILY TIMER
S M T W T F S
9
21
ON
OFF
SET BACK
18
6
BACK
12
24
DAILY
SETTING
-
-
-
-
63VLRM
50VLRM
40VLRM
32VLRM
25VLRM
20VLRM
PFFY-P
Concealed
TEMP.
PAC-SE51CRA
ON/OFF
˚C
CENTRAL TEMP.CHECK
PAC-SE51CRA
Joint pipe kit
PAC-SC32PTA
-
100VGM
SET
-
-
63VLEM
50VLEM
40VLEM
32VLEM
25VLEM
20VLEM
PFFY-P
Exposed
63VGM
-
40VGM
-
-
-
PCFY-P
PURY-250YMF-B
PURY-P250YMF-B
Branch pipe kit
Floor standing
C. Branch pipe kit/joint pipe kit
Ceiling suspended
PURY-200YMF-B
PURY-P200YMF-B
4-branch type 5-branch type 6-branch type 8-branch type 10-branch type 13-branch type 16-branch type
CMB-P104V-D CMB-P105V-D CMB-P106V-D CMB-P108V-D CMB-P1010V-D
–
–
CMB-P104V-E CMB-P105V-E CMB-P106V-E CMB-P108V-E CMB-P1010V-E CMB-P1013V-E CMB-P1016V-E
B. BC controller
A. Outdoor Unit
[3] Equipment Composition
”
”
”
PUY-P200/250YMF-B
PUHY-200/250YMF-B
PUY-200/250YMF-B
@
@
od
1” and ”
f
x
od
ruQ
URg
bgR
bgQ
1
QPrS
ruP
bgP
saV
r
lQ
lP
lQ
lP
t
saR
a
a
kR
m
v
q
kQ
kP
2” are not existed
2” are not existed
1” are not existed
Difference
All exists
Appliance
PUHY-P200/250YMF-B
<Difference of appliance>
b
h
m
o
@
kQ
Rm‘
RWO^SOO^SPTu
TOg
kR
kP
@
/
sgSsgR
nmFP
nmFP
sgU
bmOR
iRoj
PQR
t
@
P
P
P
nmFP
P
P
S
PO
PO
rvS
rvR
rvQ
rvP
@
URgr
R Q P
|
j
ymqS
bmk
iRoj
P Q R
2
URkr
R Q P
rkdu
bmkuP
iToj
PQRST
{
qR
qQ
P
Q
kduP
bmkuQ
iToj
PQRST
P
b m e b PQ
iUoj R
S
T
U
@l
@QTOD
b m R rR
Q
i R o jP
b m R cR
Q
i R o jP
@
j
@QOOD
P
Q
R
S
T SFb
TFs
bmTP
iToj
bmwPO
iRoj
P
Q
b m u b b RR
iUoj S
T
U
wPO
P
Q
R
P
P
P
Q bmebQ
R iUoj
S
T
bmv
U
iToj
T S R Q P
e
@
@ie
@
P Q R S
R
m
l
@
iToj
T S R Q P
S
tjQ
tfQ
tjP
tfP
1
gd‘s
bnnk
qV
sggr
Q
R
bmq
iRoj
P
kR kQ kP
kQ
P Q
bmkQ
iQoj
eaU
Q
P
Q
bPU
P
UOOu‘b
W‘@e
eQ
ujQ
ufQ
ujP
ufP
P
a
vfP
vjQ
kR
kQ
kP
ib
S
T
bmR
iUoj
R
U
f
j
f
j
f
j
j
f
j
f
j
f
vjP
vfQ
v
u
t
tjP
tfQ
a
v
q
anw@ancx
Q
bQT
bP
sqlR bQdP
l
rbql
ef
tfP
tjQ
@
eP
UOOu‘b
W‘@e
qU
P Q
bmROu
iQoj
j
v
u v
lb
bQS bQQ
bP
bQdP
t
bmQ|P bmQ|Q bmQ|R
iQoj iQoj iQoj
Q
q
sqlQ
bQR bQP
bPT
o
@
ihmu@
P
j
R
bmucb
iSoj
P Q
bme‘m
iRoj
bmsg
wOQ iQoj
eOP
QTOu‘b
Q‘@e
P
Q
bP
sqlPbQdP
bQO
bPS
bm‘bQ bmbs
iRoj iSoj
P
leP
S
P
Q
bmt R
i T o jS
T
bmu
bmRc
P|Q P|R
nm nm ‘
nee
nm nee
nee
@nm^nee
R
bmTQb
iRoj
Q
Q
P
Q
R bmubbP
S iUoj
T
U
Q wOP
R
cbbs
Pb m u b b Q
Qi Q o j
TQb
{
b m u b b SP
iQoj Q
bR
bQ
P
Q
R
R bmqrQ
S
T iVoj
U
V
TQb
cbk
qT
P
Q
R
b m q r RS
iVoj T
U
V
qP
PQu
bP
@nee@
@l
@
@rvPFP‘PO
@
@
@
|
@
eR
QTOu‘b
P‘@e
@rvR|PO@
@
@nm@
e
ie
@
r
‘ |
‘
‘ {
cr
Q R
bmsq
iRoj
kdc@
P
bmOP bmg
iQoj iRoj
PQ
P Q R
s g Ts g W s g Vs g Q s g P
@
rvtQ rvtP
PO
neeFO
kcP
@
sOP
bmsqP
PO
eP
QTOu‘b
Q‘@e
bmQO
iRoj
b
i l‘ h m @
P Q R
bmOQ
iWoj
PQRSTUVW
neeFO
nmFP
neeFO
qPTV
qPTW cQT
obOV
sgPO sgX
^
neeFO
PQ
bmrP
iQoj
cQS
obOP
bmOX bmOU bmOT
iQoj iQoj iSoj
PQ
PQ
PQRS
2
f
x
a
a
v
q
anw@ancx
qORV
wPO
rrq
S R
P Q
wOT
wOS
wOQ
wOP
od
m
kR
kQ
kP
saP‘
c‘OSO
qORW
qORX
bOSV
bmRT
iRoj
bmRS
iUoj
ioQ
bmRW
iRoj
P
Q
R
R
Q
P
U
T
S
R
Q
P
bmRR
iRoj
PQR
bmrQ
iRoj
R
Q
P
m
m
bmRQ
iRoj
kR
kR
R
Q
P
kQ
kP
kQ
me
q
me@a
v
kP
a
a
saP
q
q
@
v
a
@
a
@a
vfP
vjP
h
b
vfQ
vjQ
v
ufQ
ujQ
o
a
s
@@@@@a
ufP
ujP
aP
dP
dQ
dQ
aQ
q
a
a
aP
dP
dQ
dQ
aQ
x
n
q
–24–
v
aP
dP
dQ
dQ
aQ
a
q
n
x
a
o
vhqhmf@ch‘fq‘l
bmOS
bmle
t
v
u
j
le
[4] Electrical Wiring Diagram
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
–25–
cb@
io
b
q
2
sgX
o
sgU
sgP
URg
URgr
n
2
@
@
@QSOu@
@
@
@
j
h
b
a
j
sgS
x
URkr 2
‘bbtltk‘snq
@
@
@
sgR
a
@
@
@
@
m@ @ @
rkdu
@
@
@
ruP
g
i
ie
sgPO
a
lb
kduP
sgT
f
1 sgV
QPrS v
sgW
f
sgQ
q
r
r
@r
q
c
o
q
q
i
@
ruQ
b
e
h
·PUHY-P·YMF-B
le
leP
cbbs
qPCqT
qQCqR
qU
qV
ymqS
u
bPCPSCPTCPU b
bQCbR
l
TQb
ih
lb
l
cbk
r
rxlank@dwok‘m‘shnm
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
@
nmFP
neeFO
nmFP
neeFO
nmFP
neeFO
nmFP
neeFO
nmFP
neeFO
nmFP
neeFO
i
j
P Q R S T U V W X PO
P Q R S T U V W X PO
P Q R S T U V W X PO
P Q R S T U V W X PO
P Q R S T U V W X PO
P Q R S T U V W X PO
@
P Q R S T U V W X PO
n
nmFP
neeFO
j
h
h
h
h
b
q
b
ia
ik
q
c
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@Q
j
j
Q
P
@
m DX
m DP
m DX
m DP
c
@
|
@kdc@
i
@
@
jq
@rvP@
irvPj
@
@@@
@r
|
g
@
@
b
@
q
b
1
QPrS
m PDO
m DQ
m PDO
m DQ
m PDP
m DR
m DPP
m DR
OOOO‘XXXX
@
c
OOOO‘XXXX
@
c
|
m PDQ
m DS
m PDQ
m DS
@
@
ruP
m PDR
m DT
m PDR
m DT
@
@
ruQ
m PDS
m DU
m PDS
m DU
@
@
m PDT
m DV
m PDT
m DV
@
rrq
@
m PDU
m DW
m PDU
m DW
‘
@
@
k
s
k
a
s
s
k
@
nm
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
ek‘fW@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@kdc@
q
r
e
eaU
eP‘R
e
rvP
r
rvQCRCS
rvtP‘Q
saPi‘j s
saR
saV
bmbs
b
@
D@ bmqrQCR
@
bmubbQCS
@ b m u bDb P C R
@
@
Db m e b P C Q
@
D@
d
m@ @ @
@
@
@
c
D@
@ @D
r
D@
t @
@
‘
@@
D@
k
o
@
D@
n‘@
D@
@
@
D@
@@@
@r
|
@
ek‘fP ek‘fQ ek‘fR ek‘fS ek‘fT ek‘fU ek‘fV ek‘fW
c
@
PUHY-P·YMF-B only
H/P unit (PUHY) only
r
m@ @ @
@
r
@
URg
g
@
sgP
s
s
sP
@
@
@
ib
s gj Q
js g R
ib
@
bgP
b
sgS
b
@
bgQCbgR
@ sgT j
@
@
i‘
QPrS 1 S|
@
sgU
ruPCruQ r
j
@ ic @
@
|
sgV
@
@
d
kduP
j
@@@@@@@@@ir
|
@
@
sgW
j
in @
rkdu
@
@
d
2
@
g
URgr
@
sgX
URkr 2 k
@
@
sgPO 2
j
kQ
b
@
is
sggr
@cOrD P P ‘ j c
@
D@
wPCQCSCTCPO ‘
sqlP‘R o
@
@
k
kcP
m ej
@
m
@e
bQO‘QT r
r
rrq
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
c
e
t
o
s
s
b
l
u
u
o
@
^
@
C
@
@s
b i
@
@
kcP
kdc@
@
|h
@
@
m@ @ @
@
@
@
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
@
‘
‘
‘
‘
‘
‘
‘
‘
|
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
All exists
”
PURY-P200/250YMF-B
PURY-200/250YMF-B
2” are not existed
Difference
Appliance
<Difference of appliance>
SV6
SV4
High Pressure
switch
level detect)
Cord heater
(Accumulator liquid
SV2
Unit body
63H
SV5
SV3
CH3
CH2
21S4
SV1
CH1
TB7
S
M2
M1
M2
M1
TB3
PE
PE
Green/
Yellow
N
N
Black
Blue
L3
L3
White
L2
L2
Crank case heater
(Compressor)
Connect to
Indoor and
remote
controller
Power source
3N~
380/400/415V
50Hz
5
1 2
TH9
TH10
2
CN06
(2P)
1 2
TH4 TH3
1 2 3 4
1 2
ON:1
CN03
(3P)
TH6
1 2 3
CN20
(3P)
F1
250VAC
2A F
Fuse
T01
CNTR1
1
1
1
1
LD1
4
SWU2
10
SWU1
1
CN02
(8P)
TH5
TH7
2
TH2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10
10
10
TH1
1 2
CN01
(2P)
SW3
SW2
SW1
2
CNTR
(3P)
3
63HS
3 2 1
63LS
3 2 1
SLEV
CNLV1
(5P)
1 2 3 4 5
CNL
(3P)
1 2 3
CNH
(3P)
52C
DCL
1
2
3
R5
1
2
3
4
5
52C
1
1
2
3
3
CNRS2
4
5 (7P)
6
7
2
12V
2
1
1
CN3S 3
2
(3P) 1
CN3D 3
2
(3P) 1
CN51
(5P)
CNX10
(3P)
3
4
5
6
CNFC1 2
3
(6P)
X10
5
6
CNVCC3 3
4
(6P)
X01
1
CNW
(5P)
CNFC2
(6P)
5 4 3 2 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
5 4 3 2 1
CNV
(5P)
5
CNU 3
(5P) 4
2
1
C1
TRM1 C2E1
1
2
3
4
CNVDC
(4P)
C23
C15
2
1
CN2-1
(2P)
C21
TRM2 C2E1
UK2
UG2
UK1
UG1
R7
THHS
2
CNR
(3P)
1
1 2
3
FB6
2
1
L1
1 2
2
F2
VK2
VG2
VK1
VG1
F1
600VAC
8A F
R6
1
C22
2
3
4
CN3
(6P)
K
G
K
G
K
G
G
K
G
K
G
K
SCRM
WG1
WK2
L3
L2
L1
TRM3 C2E1
C1
Black
5
WK1
WG2
W
V
U
UK1
UG2
Black
White
Red
6
C25
CN04
Motor (Compressor)
BOX BODY
1
FG
UG1
UK2
C24
W
White
C16
V
MC
U
CN2-3
(2P)
CN30V
(2P)
CN2-2
(2P)
600VAC
8A F
L2
L3
L2
1 2
CNL2
(2P)
C1
Red
Power circuit board
(INV board)
Fuse
CNTH
(2P)
CNFAN
(3P)
X02
MF1
3
F01
250VAC
2A F
CNCT
(4P)
C20
C14
1 2 3 4
CNAC2
(3P)
1
4
to TB1A
2
Fan control board
(Fancon board)
4:Compressor ON/OFF
5:Trouble
CN52C
(3P)
3
2
1
2
3
DCCT
1
2
3 CNVCC1
4 (6P)
5
6
R3
R2
1
2
C3
+
+
C2
1 CNVCC2
2 (2P)
6
7
CNRS3 4
(7P)
5
R1
CNVCC4 1
2
(2P)
*1
SW3-10 are OFF for Model 200.
and ON for Model 250.
Function selector
switch
C1
Fuse
Self-diagnosis selector
switch
(For SW1:1~10display see
the following table)
F3
250VAC
1A F
ZNR4
1 2 3
SW4
*1
1
~ -
~
~ +
DS
Diode stack
LED for
self-diagnosis
display
Control circuit board
(MAIN board)
1 2 3
Unit address setting switch
OFF:0
ON:1
OFF:0
ON:1
OFF:0
ON:1
OFF:0
CNS1
(2P)
D25
R158
CN05
(4P)
PC07
Green/
Yellow
Blue
Black
White
Red
BOX BODY
D24
R037
PC01
DA040
R157
CN09
(2P)
1
2
3
4
R038
R039
X10
X09
X08
X07
X06
1 2
4 3
SSR
X05
X04
X02
X01
PE
N
L3
L2
L1
TB1A
Terminal Block
CNS2
(3P)
1 2 3
C047
CN37
(6P)
CN36
(6P)
CN35
(3P)
CN34
(6P)
CN33
(3P)
CNRT1
(5P)
3
2
1
CN38
(3P)
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
CN32
(3P)
N
N
2
L3
L3
3
L2
L1
L2
L1
NF
Red
TB1
L1
Red
L1
Black
Inverter
Controller Box
White
Red
Blue
Noise
Filter
White
Black
Black
NF Box
WG2
WK2
Brown
Black
Terminal
Block
WG1
WK1
Red
White
VG2
VK2
Red
B1
E1
E2
E2
B2
Red
White
–26–
VG1
VK1
Yellow
Orange
B1
E1
E2
E2
B2
Purple
Black
B1
E1
E2
E2
B2
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Black
Purple
Terminal Box
MF
U
W
V
Fan motor
(Heat exchanger)
CNMF
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
–27–
Name
Radiator panel
Solid state relay
4-way valve
Fan
Magnetic contactor
(Inverter main circuit)
Varistor
Current Sensor
TH5
TH9
21S4
TH6
TH7
*2
TH1
63H
63HS
TH2
*2
SV2
*2
TH10
Blown
MC
Oil
separator
SV3
SV4
SV5
SV6
SLEV
TH3
TH4
Inverter
Controller
Box
63LS
TH9 *2
TH7
TH2 *2
TH3
TH4
TH5
TH6
Solenoid valve
(Heat exchanger capacity control)
Electronic expansion valve(Oil return)
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Choke coil(Transmission)
Power transistor module
Symbol
TH1
Name
Solenoid valve (Discharge-suction bypass)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Check display1
(Blinking)
FLAG2
Crankcase
heater
21S4
FLAG3
SV1
FLAG4
SV5
SV6
51
Display the address and error code by turns
During
compressor run
FLAG1
1102
SV2
FLAG5
SV3
FLAG6
Display at LED lighting(blinking)Remarks SW1 operation
*please refer to the service handbook about other switch settings of LED display.
ON:1
OFF:0
(at factory shipment)
ON:1
OFF:0
Relay output
display
(Lighting)
Display
Appliance
Difference
PURY-P200/250YMF-B All exists
PURY-200/250YMF-B ”*2” are not existed
SSR
SV4
FLAG7
Always
lighting
Symbol
TH10 *2
THHS
X1,2,4~10
FB6
Earth terminal
LD1
<LED display>
Name
Thermistor Compressor shell temp.
Radiator panel temp. detect
Aux. relay
Ferrite core
FLAG8 always lights at
microcomputer power
ON
Upper
Lower
FLAG8
High pressure liquid temp.
Pipe temp. detect
OA temp. detect
Iiquid outlet temp.detect
at Sub-cool coil
Accumurator liquid
temp. detect
Name
Thermistor Discharge pipe temp. detect
Saturation evapo. temp. detect
<Operation of self-diagnosis switch(SW1)and LED display>
TRM1~3
63LS
L2
SLEV
63HS
SV3~SV6
Symbol
SV1,SV2
<Difference of appliance>
(Front)
SV1
For PURY-(P)200/250YMF-B
ACCUMULATOR
DC reactor
(Power factor improvement)
<Internal layout>
MF1
SSR
21S4
52C
DCCT
ZNR4
DCL
Symbol
<SYMBOL EXPLANATION>
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
FLAG8
FLAG7
FLAG6
FLAG5
FLAG4
FLAG3
FLAG2
FLAG1
–28–
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
1
2
3
1
2
3
CN06
CN02
220
CN05
240V
CN12
CN38
1 3
X8
X32
X5
X6
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
1
LEV3
LEV4
* Only for CMB-P-V-D
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN08
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
3
2
LEV2
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 3 5
1
3
3 1
CN36
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
1
CN28
7
5
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X33
CN03
CNVCC1
2 1
TR
8
3 2 1
3 2 1
22V
X7
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP2
CNP1
20
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
BC Board
3 CMB-P104V-D
CMB-P104V-E
X21
M2
M1
TB02
1
8
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
6
7
6
5
4
3
2
7
5
4
3
2
1
}
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SVM
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Symbol
SV1 4A
SV1 4B
SV1 4C
SVM
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1 4
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
1
2
3
1
2
3
4 CMB-P105V-D
CMB-P105V-E
CN12
X32
X5
X6
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
LEV3
LEV4
* Only for CMB-P-V-D
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN08
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
3
2
1
LEV2
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 3 5
X34
X9
X10
1
3
1
3 1
CN36
7
5
3
CN30
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
1
CN28
7
5
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X7
CN05
CN38
1 3
X33
CN06
CN02
240V
7
CN03
CNVCC1
2 1
220
8
3 2 1
3 2 1
TR
X8
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP2
CNP1
22V
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
BC Board
20
X21
–29–
M2
M1
TB02
1
6
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
1
2
1
2
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
7
5
4
3
2
1
}
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SVM
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Symbol
SV1 5A
SV1 5B
SV1 5C
SVM
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1 4
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
1
2
3
1
2
3
CN12
X32
X5
X6
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
1
LEV3
LEV4
* Only for CMB-P-V-D
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN08
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
3
2
LEV2
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 3 5
X35
X11
X12
X34
X9
X10
1
3
1
3 1
CN36
7
5
3
1
CN31
7
5
3
CN30
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
1
CN28
7
5
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X33
CN05
CN38
1 3
8
CN06
CN02
240V
X8
CN03
CNVCC1
2 1
220
X7
3 2 1
3 2 1
TR
6
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP2
CNP1
22V
7
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
BC Board
20
M2
M1
TB02
1
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
6
7
6
7
8
5
4
3
2
5
4
3
2
1
}
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Symbol
SV1 6A
SV1 6B
SV1 6C
SVM
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1 4
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
SVM
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
5 CMB-P106V-D
CMB-P106V-E
X21
–30–
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
1
2
3
CN12
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
CN11
LEV3
LEV4
* Only for CMB-P-V-E
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN08
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
3
2
1
8
LEV2
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 3 5
X35
X11
X12
X34
X9
X10
X33
X8
X7
6
7
5
4
1
3
6
7
3
CN36
7
5
3
1
CN31
7
5
PE
}
16 16
1
TB01
L
N
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
5
CN30
3 1
9
10 10
9
7
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
8
6
8
7
1
CN28
5
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
7
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X32
CN05
1 3
CN38
3
CN06
CN50
X5
CN10
CN02
CN51
2
CN03
2 1
X6
CN13
CNP3
CNP2
CNVCC1
3 2 1
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3 2 1
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Symbol
SV1 8A
SV1 8B
SV1 8C
SVM
3
1
7
CN39
5
3
1
5
3
1
7
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
7
6
6
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5
7
7
3
8
8
1
9
9
5
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
1
CN52
4
4
7
1
1
RELAY4 Board
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
TB02
TB01
CN35
CNP1
X20
1
2
3
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1 4
PS1,3
X19
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
X21
Symbol explanation
CN34
PS1
6 5 4 3 2 1
}
X18
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
X17
BC Board
M2
M1
CN33
TB02
X38
240V
X16
1
2
3
220
X15
TR
X37
22V
CN32
20
X14
6 CMB-P108V-D
CMB-P108V-E
X39
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X36
X13
–31–
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
1
2
3
CN12
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
CN11
LEV3
LEV4
* Only for CMB-P-V-E
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN08
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
3
2
LEV2
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 3 5
X35
X11
X12
X34
X9
X10
X33
8
1
X8
X7
6
7
5
4
1
3
1
1
CN36
7
5
3
1
CN31
7
5
3
}
PE
TB01
L
N
15 15
16 16
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
5
CN30
3 1
9
10 10
9
7
3
CN29
7
5
3
8
7
8
7
1
CN28
6
5
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
7
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X32
CN05
1 3
CN38
3
CN06
CN50
X6
CN10
CN02
CN51
X5
CN03
2 1
1
CN13
CNP3
CNP2
CNVCC1
3 2 1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3 2 1
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Symbol
SV1 10A
SV1 10B
SV1 10C
SVM
3
1
7
CN53
CN39
5
3
1
6 5 4 3 2 1
5
3
1
7
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
7
6
6
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5
7
7
3
8
8
1
9
9
5
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
1
CN52
4
4
7
1
1
RELAY4 Board
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
TB02
TB01
CN35
CNP1
X20
1
2
3
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1 4
PS1,3
X19
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
X21
Symbol explanation
CN34
PS1
6 5 4 3 2 1
}
X18
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
X17
BC Board
M2
M1
CN33
TB02
X38
240V
X16
1
2
3
220
X15
TR
X37
22V
CN32
20
X14
7 CMB-P1010V-D
CMB-P1010V-E
X39
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X36
X13
–32–
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
1
2
3
CN03
CNVCC1
CN05
CN51
CN50
4
3
2
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
3
X30
5
8
7
6
3
1 3 5
CN12
CNOUT3
4
1
5
X35
7
1
3
X12
X11
CN31
7
5
1
3
X9
CN30
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
CN28
X34
X10
X33
X7
X8
X32
X5
X6
5
X31
2
4
7
3
X3
1
3
1
CN27
7
1
3
5
X2
X1
CN26
CNTR
X4
CN38
1 3
CNOUT1
2
CN02
2 1
7
CN07
3 2 1
3 2 1
1
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3 1
CN36
1 1
2 2
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
EARTH
source
} Power
~/N 220V~240V 50Hz
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
}
1
CNOUT4
1
2
3
4
7
6
6
CNOUT2
5
7
7
3
8
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
X20
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN35
6 5 4 3 2 1
X19
BC Board
X39
1
2
3
5
5
1
4
4
X18
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
3
3
3
X17
M2
M1
CN34
TB02
5
2
2
7
1
1
CN33
240V
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X38
220
5
3
1
X16
TR
X15
22V
7
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Name
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
TB02
(for Transmission)
SV1~13A Solenoid valve
SV1~13B Solenoid valve
SV1~13C Solenoid valve
SVM
Solenoid valve
Symbol
TB01
5
3
1
7
3 2 1
CN39 CNVCC2
1 3
X48
X46
X47
CN42
X45
X43
X44
CN41
X42
X40
X41
CN40
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
RELAY10
Board
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
SV11B
SV11A
SV11C
SV12B
SV12A
SV12C
SV13B
SV13A
SV13C
Note : 1. TB02 is transmission terminal block.
Never connect power line to it.
2. The initial set values of switch on CONT.B are
as follows : SW1 : 0, SW2:0.
X14
20
X37
Symbol
TR
TH11~16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
X13
8 CMB-P1013V-E
X21
X36
–33–
CN32
TH16
TH15
TH14
TH13
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
1
2
3
CN05
CN51
CN50
4
3
2
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
3
X30
5
8
7
6
1 3 5
CN12
CNOUT3
4
3
1
1
3
5
5
X35
7
1
3
X12
X11
CN31
7
X9
1
CN30
7
5
3
CN29
7
5
3
CN28
X34
X10
X33
X7
X8
X32
X5
X6
5
X31
2
4
7
3
X3
1
3
1
CN27
7
1
3
5
X2
X1
CN26
CNTR
X4
CN38
1 3
1
CNOUT1
2
CN02
1
CN07
CN03
CNVCC1
2 1
7
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
3 2 1
3 2 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
3
CNP1
6 5 4 3 2 1
CN36
3 1
1 1
2 2
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
EARTH
source
} Power
~/N 220V~240V 50Hz
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
}
1
3
8
8
5
7
7
CNOUT2
CNOUT4
1
2
3
4
7
6
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
X20
1
2
3
X19
BC Board
CN35
1
2
3
X39
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
5
5
1
4
4
X18
M2
M1
CN34
TB02
3
3
3
5
2
2
7
1
1
CN33
240V
X17
220
5
3
1
X16
TR
X15
22V
7
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Name
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
TB02
(for Transmission)
SV1~16A Solenoid valve
SV1~16B Solenoid valve
SV1~16C Solenoid valve
SVM
Solenoid valve
Symbol
TB01
5
3
1
7
3 2 1
CN39 CNVCC2
1 3
X57
X55
X56
CN45
X54
X52
X53
CN44
X51
X49
X50
CN43
X48
X46
X47
CN42
X45
X43
X44
CN41
X42
X40
X41
CN40
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
RELAY10
Board
22
11
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
SV16A
SV16C
SV11B
SV11A
SV11C
SV12B
SV12A
SV12C
SV13B
SV13A
SV13C
SV14B
SV14A
SV14C
SV15B
SV15A
SV15C
SV16B
Note : 1. TB02 is transmission terminal block.
Never connect power line to it.
2. The initial set values of switch on CONT.B are
as follows : SW1 : 0, SW2:0.
X14
20
X37
Symbol
TR
TH11~16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
X13
9 CMB-P1016V-E
X21
X36
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X38
–34–
CN32
[5] Standard Operation Data
(1) Cooling operation
1 PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
PUHY-200YMF-B
PUY-200YMF-B
PUHY-250YMF-B
PUY-250YMF-B
27.0/19.5
27.0/19.5
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Ambient temp.
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Branch pipe
Piping
50
25
125
40
5
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
Total piping length
63
10
10
10
10
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Outdoor unit
45
Total current
A
15.1
13.8
19.0
17.4
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
Pressure LEV opening
45
Indoor unit
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
12.2
13.8
Volts/Frequency
440
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
440
380
280
430
350
440
80
85
111
111
22.0/4.80
(2.16/0.47)
20.3/4.7
(1.99/0.46)
Discharge (TH1)
93
95
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
40
42
Inlet
7
5
Outlet
9
7
Suction (Comp)
7
10
TH2
6
4
30
30
6
5
Shell bottom (Comp)
69
60
SCC outlet (TH7)
27
27
Bypass outlet (TH8)
8
6
LEV inlet
26
26
Heat exchanger outlet
10
10
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Upper (TH4)
˚C
Liquid level
Lower (TH3)
Indoor
unit
–35–
280
PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PUHY-P200YMF-B
PUHY-P250YMF-B
27.0/19.5
27.0/19.5
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
Branch pipe
25
125
40
5
Main pipe
Piping
50
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
10
10
10
10
45
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Outdoor unit
45
Total current
A
15.9
14.5
19.9
18.2
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
Pressure LEV opening
Total piping length
63
Indoor unit
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
12.7
14.3
Volts/Frequency
440
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
440
380
280
430
350
440
80
85
111
111
20.5/4.0
(2.01/0.39)
21.9/3.9
(2.15/0.38)
Discharge (TH1)
96
96
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
40
42
Inlet
7
7
Outlet
10
10
Suction (Comp)
12
15
CS circuit (TH2)
–1
–1
11
11
Upper (TH4)
34
34
Lower (TH3)
19
19
Shell bottom (Comp)
80
85
SCC outlet (TH7)
27
27
Bypass outlet (TH8)
8
6
LEV inlet
26
26
Heat exchanger outlet
10
10
0.23
0.23
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
CS circuit (TH9)
˚C
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
αOC
–36–
280
PURY-200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PURY-P200YMF-B
PURY-P250YMF-B
380-415V/50Hz
380-415V/50Hz
27.0/19.5
27.0/19.5
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
V/Hz
Indoor
Ambient temp.
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
50
Main pipe
Branch pipe
Piping
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
15.4
17.2
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
A
15.1
13.8
19.0
17.4
Compressor volts / Frequency
LEV opening
High pressure/Low pressure
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit
BC controller (1, 2, 3, 4)
Pulse
330
460
430
300
410
330
460
300
2000
2000
360
60
2000
2000
400
60
180
180
20.7/5.0
(2.03/0.49)
19.4/4.0
(1.90/0.39)
19.6/19.6
(1.92/1.92)
18.3/18.3
(1.79/1.79)
Discharge (TH1)
107
110
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
50
47
Inlet
7
7
Outlet
10
10
12
12
Upper (TH4)
40
40
Lower (TH3)
35
35
Shell bottom (Comp)
75
70
LEV inlet
26
30
Heat exchanger outlet
15
15
Oil return
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
˚C
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
–37–
PURY-P200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
PURY-P200YMF-B
PURY-P250YMF-B
380-415V/50Hz
380-415V/50Hz
27.0/19.5
27.0/19.5
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
V/Hz
Ambient temp.
Indoor
DB/WB
Ambient temp.
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Condition
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
–
Model
63
63
50
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
15.9
17.7
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
A
15.9
14.5
19.9
18.2
Compressor volts / Frequency
LEV opening
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit
High pressure/Low pressure
BC controller (1, 2, 3, 4)
Pulse
330
460
430
300
410
330
460
300
2000
2000
360
60
2000
2000
400
60
Oil return
180
180
23.5/5.3
(2.30/0.52)
23.0/5.1
(2.25/0.50)
22.4/22.4
(2.20/2.20)
21.9/21.9
(2.15/2.15)
Discharge (TH1)
97
105
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
50
47
Inlet
7
7
Outlet
10
10
12
12
7
5
Upper (TH4)
40
40
Lower (TH3)
35
35
Shell bottom (Comp)
75
70
LEV inlet
26
30
Heat exchanger outlet
15
15
0.23
0.23
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
CS circuit (TH2)
˚C
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
αOC
–38–
2 Heating operation
PUHY-200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PUHY-200YMF-B
PUHY-250YMF-B
21.0/–
21.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Indoor unit
Condition
Quantity in operation
–
Model
63
63
Branch pipe
25
125
40
5
Main pipe
Piping
50
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
10
10
10
10
45
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Outdoor unit
45
Total current
A
14.0
12.8
17.7
16.2
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
280/83
280/83
355/102
355/102
Pressure LEV opening
Total piping length
63
Indoor unit
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
12.2
13.8
Volts/Frequency
510
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
510
450
280
440
420
510
0
0
87
87
17.5/3.7
(1.72/0.36)
17.5/3.7
(1.72/0.36)
Discharge (TH1)
80
85
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
6
8
Inlet
–1
–2
Outlet
–1
–2
–1
–2
–2
–2
Upper (TH4)
35
38
Lower (TH3)
–1
–1
Shell bottom (Comp)
50
60
Heat exchanger outlet
71
71
LEV inlet
33
33
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
TH2
˚C
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
–39–
280
PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PUHY-P200YMF-B
PUHY-P250YMF-B
21.0/–
21.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Indoor unit
Condition
Quantity in operation
–
Model
63
63
Branch pipe
25
125
40
5
Main pipe
Piping
50
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
10
10
10
10
45
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Outdoor unit
45
Total current
A
14.4
13.2
18.4
16.8
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
Pressure LEV opening
Total piping length
63
Indoor unit
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
12.7
14.3
Volts/Frequency
510
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
510
450
280
440
420
510
0
0
87
87
18.5/3.7
(1.81/0.36)
21.4/3.7
(2.10/0.36)
Discharge (TH1)
75
78
Heat exchanger inlet (TH5)
–1
–1
Inlet
–2
–2
Outlet
–2
–2
–3
–3
–3
–3
0
0
Upper (TH4)
36
36
Lower (TH3)
–3
–3
Shell bottom (Comp)
60
70
Heat exchanger outlet
80
80
LEV inlet
39
39
0.28
0.28
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Suction (Comp)
Outdoor
unit
CS circuit (TH2)
˚C
CS circuit (TH9)
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
αOC
–40–
280
PURY-200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
V/Hz
PURY-200YMF-B
PURY-250YMF-B
380-415V/50Hz
380-415V/50Hz
21.0/–
21.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
Ambient temp.
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Condition
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
–
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
50
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
15.4
17.2
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
285/85
285/85
360/105
360/105
A
14.0
12.8
17.7
16.2
Compressor volts / Frequency
LEV opening
High pressure/Low pressure
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit total current
BC controller (1, 2, 3, 4)
Pulse
600
950
750
400
750
600
950
400
60
60
1300
60
60
60
1800
60
Oil return
115
180
18.5/3.6
(1.81/0.35)
18.0/3.7
(1.76/0.36)
17.5/14.0
(1.72/1.37)
17.0/14.0
(1.67/1.37)
Discharge (TH1)
100
95
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
–2
–1
Inlet
–1
–1
Outlet
–4
–2
–1
–1
Upper (TH4)
18
22
Lower (TH3)
–1
–1
Shell bottom (Comp)
45
40
LEV inlet
38
40
Heat exchanger outlet
80
85
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
˚C
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
–41–
PURY-P200·250YMF-B
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PURY-P200YMF-B
PURY-P250YMF-B
380-415V/50Hz
380-415V/50Hz
21.0/–
21.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
V/Hz
Indoor
Ambient temp.
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Condition
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
–
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
50
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
15.9
17.7
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
280/80
280/80
340/95
340/95
A
14.4
13.2
18.4
16.8
Compressor volts/Frequency
Pressure LEV opening
Outdoor unit total current
Indoor unit
BC controller (1, 2, 3, 4)
Pulse
600
950
750
400
750
600
950
400
60
60
1300
60
60
60
1800
60
Oil return
115
180
18.5/3.6
(1.96/0.38)
18.0/3.7
(1.86/0.34)
17.5/14.0
(1.86/1.57)
17.0/14.0
(1.76/1.47)
Discharge (TH1)
100
95
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
–2
–1
Inlet
–1
–1
Outlet
–4
–2
–1
–1
7
5
Upper (TH4)
18
22
Lower (TH3)
–1
–1
Shell bottom (Comp)
45
40
LEV inlet
38
40
Heat exchanger outlet
80
85
0.28
0.28
High pressure/Low pressure
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
Sectional temperature
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
CS circuit
(TH2)
˚C
Liquid level
Indoor
unit
αOC
–42–
[6] Function of Dip SW and Rotary SW
(1) Outdoor unit
1 PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
Adjustment of refrigerant
volume
5
6
7
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor unit test operation
2
3
4
SW4
Defrosting start temperature of TH5.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
Opening angle of IC except
when heater thermostat is
ON during defrosting.
5
6
7
–
Models
Target Pd (High pressure)
8
9
10
1
2
3
–
–
Models
–
–
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED monitering display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Ordinary control
Refrigerant volume
adjustment operation.
–
Errors valid.
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
50 min.
90 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
0°C
-2°C
8°C
15°C
(no operation)
2000
–
PUHY-YMF-B
18kg/cm2G
(1.76MPa)
–
–
Model 200
–
–
–
–
PUY-YMF-B
20kg/cm2G
(1.96MPa)
–
–
Model 250
–
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
Invalid 2 hours
operation when
after compressor
power is on.
starts.
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
–
–
–
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–43–
2 PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
Adjustment of Refrigerant
Volume
5
6
7
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor unit test operation
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW4
8
9
10
1
2
3
Defrosting start temperature of TH5.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
Opening angle of IC except
when heater thermostat is
ON during defrosting.
–
–
Target Tc (High pressure)
at Heating
–
–
Models
SW4-2 Function valid/
invalid
Configuration compensation value
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED Monitering Display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Ordinary control
Refrigerant volume
adjustment operation.
Errors valid.
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
–
90 min.
39 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
–7°C
–10°C
8°C
15°C
(no operation)
2000
–
–
49˚C
–
–
53˚C
–
–
Model P200
Invalid
–
–
Model P250
Valid
Changes as shown below by on → off change
0% → 3% → 6% → 9% → 12% → –6% → –3% → 0%
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
Invalid 2 hours
operation when
after compressor
power is on.
starts.
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
when SW4-1 in ON.
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–44–
–
3 PURY-200·250YMF-B
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
Adjustment of refrigerant
volume
5
6
7
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor unit test operation
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW4
8
9
10
1
2
3
Defrosting start temperature of TH7.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
–
Pump down operation
Target Td (High pressure)
at Heating
–
–
Models
–
–
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED monitering display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Ordinary control
Refrigerant volume
adjustment operation.
Errors valid.
–
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
50 min.
90 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
–3°C
–6°C
8°C
15°C
–
Invalid
–
Valid
49˚C
53˚C
–
–
Model 200
–
–
–
–
–
Model 250
–
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
Invalid 2 hours
operation when
after compressor
power is on.
starts.
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
During compressor stop when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
–
–
–
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–45–
4 PURY-P200·250YMF-B
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
Adjustment of refrigerant
Volume
5
6
7
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor Unit Test operation
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW4
8
9
10
1
2
3
Defrosting start temperature of TH7.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
–
Pomp down operation
Target Tc (High pressure)
at Heating
–
–
Models
SW4-2 function valid/
Invalid
Configuration compensation value
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED monitering display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Ordinary control
Refrigerant volume
adjustment operation.
Errors valid.
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
–
50 min.
90 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
–5°C
–8°C
8°C
15°C
–
Invalid
–
Valid
49˚C
53˚C
–
–
Model P200
Invalid
–
–
Model P250
Valid
Changes as shown below by on → off change
0% → 3% → 6% → 9% → 12% → –6% → –3% → 0%
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
Invalid 2 hours
operation when
after compressor
power is on.
starts.
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
During compressor stop when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
when SW4-1 in ON.
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–46–
–
(2) Indoor unit
DIP SW1, 3
Switch
Switch set timing
OFF
ON
Operation by SW
OFF
ON
SW name
1
Room temp. sensor position
2
Indoor unit inlet
Built in remote controller
Clogged filter detect.
None
Provided
3
Filter duration
100h
2500h
4
OA intake
Ineffective
Effective
5
Remote display select.
Fan output display Thermo. ON signal display
6
Humidifier control
At stationary heating
Always at heat
7
Heating thermo. OFF airflow
Very low speed
Low speed
8
Heating thermo. OFF airflow
SW1-7 setting
Set airflow
9
Power failure automatic
return
Ineffective
Effective
10 Power source start/stop
Ineffective
Effective
1
Heat pump
Cool.only
None
Provided
Remarks
Always ineffective for PKFY-P.VAM
SW1
SW3
Model selection
Cooling capacity saving
for PKFY-P. VAM,
effective/ineffective
2
Louver
3
Vane
None
Provided
4
Vane swing function
None
Provided
5
Vane horizontal angle
1st setting
2nd setting
6
Vane angle set for cooling
Down blow B, C
Horizontal
–
–
Effective
Ineffective
–
7
8
Note
Heating 4deg up
1: The shaded part
table below.)
Model
3
VLMD
ON
Ineffective (OFF) setting for
floor standing
PDFY-P
PFFY-P
PCFY-P
VM
VM
VLRM, VLEM
VGM
ON
OFF
PKFY-P
VAM
OFF
OFF
ON
4
ON
6
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
8
VGM
ON
ON
3
Note
Always down blow B,C for PKFY-P.VAM
Horizontal (ON) setting for PLFY-P.VLMD
PEFY-P
OFF
6
SW3
Not provided for PKFY-P.VAM
Provided for PLFY-P.VGM (ON) setting
indicates the setting at factory shipment. (For the SW not being shaded, refer to the
PLFY-P
VKM
Switch
SW1
At unit stopping
(at remote
controller OFF)
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
2: The DipSW setting is only effective during unit stopping (remote controller OFF) for SW1, 2, 3 and 4 commonly
and the power source is not required to reset.)
3: When both SW1-7 and SW1-8 are being set to ON, the fan stops at the heating thermostat of OFF.
Setting of DIP SW2
Model
Capacity (model name) code
SW2 setting
P25
P32
P40
P50
P63
4
5
6
8
10
13
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Model
Capacity (model name) code
SW2 setting
P20
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
P71
P80
P100
P125
14
16
20
25
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
–47–
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Setting of DIP SW4
Setting of DIP SW5
Model
SW4
Circuit board used
PLFY-P-VLMD
1
2
3
4
–
–
–
–
220V
240V
PEFY-P20 ~ 63VM
ON
ON
ON
OFF
PDFY-P20 ~ 80VM
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
PLFY-P40 ~ 63VKM
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
PLFY-P80 ~ 125VKM
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
PCFY-P-VGM
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
PKFY-P-VGM
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
PKFY-P-VAM
–
–
–
–
OFF
OFF
OFF
–
–
–
–
–
OFF
OFF
ON
–
Phase control
PFFY-P-VLEM, P-VLRM
PEFY-P80 ~ 125VM
Relay selection
PDFY-P100·125VM
Switch
Function
Operation by switch
(PLFY-P-VKM)
SWA
1~3
Ceiling height setting
(PCFY-P-VGM)
* The ceiling
height is
changed by
SWB setting.
3
2
1
Switch set timing
3
2
1
(PDFY-P-VM)
3
2
Ceiling height
3.5m
2.8m
1
2.3m
3
2
Always after powering
1
(PLFY-P-VLMD, PEFY-P-VM)
SWA
1~3
3
For options
Always after powering
* As this switch is used by interlocking with SWC,
refer to the item of SWC for detail.
2
1
(PLFY-P-VKM)
SWB
1
SWA
2-way
3.5m
3-way
3.0m
4-way
2.7m
2-way
SWB
1~3
Setting of air outlet opening
3-way
4-way
2
3
3.8m
3.3m
3.0m
3.8m
3.5m
3.5m
Always after powering
(PLFY-P-VKM, PCFY-P-VGM, PKFY-P-VGM)
* Set to the option to install the high efficiency
filter
Option
Standard
(PLFY-P-VLMD)
SWC
1~2
Airflow control
3
Always after powering
Option
2
Standard
1
SWA
SWC
(PDFY-P-VM)
3
Option
2
Standard
1
SWA
SWC
(3) BC controller unit
DIP SW4
Switch
SW4
1
2~8
Function
Models
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
V-E type
V-D type
–
–
*If the EPROM for the BC controller is WF30334, the controller is exclusively V-D type.
–48–
3 TEST RUN
[1] Before Test Run
(1) Check points before test run
1
Neither refrigerant leak nor loose power source/ transmission lines should be found.
2
Confirm that the resistance between the power source terminal block and the ground exceeds 2MΩ by measuring it with a DC500V megger. Do not run if it is lower than 2MΩ.
Note) Never apply the megger to the MAIN board. If applied, the MAIN board will be broken.
3
Confirm that the Ball valve at both gas and liquid sides is being fully opened.
Note) Certainly close the cap.
4
Be sure that the crankcase heater has been powered by turning the main power source on at least 12 hours
before starting the test run. The shorter powering time causes compressor trouble.
(2) Caution at inverter check
Because the inverter power portion in outdoor unit electrical part box have a lot of high voltage portion, be sure to follow
the instructions shown below.
1
During energizing power source, never touch inverter power portion because high voltage (approx. 580V) is
applied to inverter power portion.
When checking,
2
1
Shut off main power source, and check it with tester, etc.
2
Allow 10 minutes after shutting off main power source.
3
Open the MAIN board mounting panel, and check whether voltage of both ends of electrolytic capacitor is
20V or less.
–49–
(3) Check points for test run when mounting options
Built-in optional parts
Mounting of drain
water lifting-up
mechanism
Check point
Content of test run
1
Release connector of pump circuit,
check error detection by pouring
water into drain pan water inlet.
Result
Local remote controller displays code
No. “2503”, and the mechanism stops.
No overflow from drain pan.
Mounting of permeable film humidifier
Drain water comes out by operations of
drain pump.
2
After that, connect connector of
circuit.
3
Check pump operations and drainSound of pump operations is heard, and
age status in cooling (test run) mode. drain water comes out.
Check humidifier operations and water
supply status in heating (test run) mode.
No water leak from connecting portions
of each water piping.
Water is supplied to water supply tank,
and float switch is operating.
(4) Attention for mounting drain water lifting-up mechanism
Work
Disassembling and
assembling of drain
water lifting-up
mechanism
Mounting of float
switch
Electric wiring
Check point
Content of test run
1
Lead wire from control box not
damaged.
2
Rubber cap properly inserted to
drain water outlet of drain pan?
3
Insulation pipe of gas and liquid
pipes dealt with as shown in the right
figure?
4
Drain pan and piping cover mounted
without gap?
5
Drain pan hooked on cut projection
of the mechanism?
Float switch installed without contacting
with drain pan?
Insulation pipe
No gap
1
Float switch moves smoothly.
2
Float switch is mounted on
mounting board straightly without
deformation.
3
Float switch does not contact with
copper pipe.
1
No mistakes in wiring?
Wiring procedure is exactly followed.
2
Connectors connected surely and
tightly?
Connector portion is tightly hooked.
3
No tension on lead wire when sliding
control box?
–50–
Result
–51–
(5) Check points for system structure
ex. PURY-200YMF-B
Check points from installation work to test run.
Classification
Installation and
piping
Power source
wiring
Portion
Check item
Trouble
1
Instruction for selecting combination of outdoor unit,
and indoor unit followed? (Maximum number of indoor
Not operate.
units which can be connected, connecting model name,
and total capacity.)
2
Follow limitation of refrigerant piping length? For example, 70m or less (total length : 220m) at the farthest.
3
Connecting piping size of branch piping correct?
4
Refrigerant piping diameter correct?
5
Refrigerant leak generated at connection?
Not cool, not heat, error stop.
6
Insulation work for piping properly done?
Condensation drip in piping.
7
Specified amount of refrigerant replenished?
Not cool, not heat, error stop.
8
Pitch and insulation work for drain piping properly done? Water leak, condensation drip in drain piping.
1
Specified switch capacity and wiring diameter of main
power source used?
2
Proper grounding work done on outdoor unit?
–52–
Not cool (at cooling).
Not heat (at heating).
Error stop, not operate.
Classification
Portion
Transmission
line
1
Erroneous operation, error stop.
Limitation of transmission line length followed? For
example, 200m or less (total length : 500m) at the farthest.
2
1.25mm2 or more transmission line used?
(Remote controller 10m or less 0.75mm2)
Erroneous operation, error stop.
3
2-core cable used for transmission line?
Error stop in case multiple-core
cable is used.
4
Transmission line apart from power source line by 5cm
or more?
Erroneous operation, error stop.
5
One refrigerant system per transmission line?
Not operate.
6
The short circuit connector is changed form CN41 to
Not operate.
CN40 on the MAIN board when the system is centralized
control? (Just one outdoor unit. Not all outdoor units.)
7
• No connection trouble in transmission line?
Error stop or not operate.
1
Address setting properly done? (Remote controller,
indoor unit and outdoor unit.)
Error stop or not operate.
2
Setting of address No. done when shutting off power
source?
Can not be properly set with power
source turned on.
3
Address numbers not duplicated?
Not operate.
4
Turned on SW3-8 on indoor unit circuit board when
mounting room thermistor sensor?
Set temperature not obtained at
heating operations (Thermostat
stop is difficult)
1
Refrigerant piping ball valve (Liquid pressure pipe, gas
pressure pipe) opened?
Error stop.
2
Turn on power source 12 hours before starting operations?
Error stop, compressor trouble.
System set
Before starting
Check item
–53–
Trouble
[2] Test Run Method
Operation procedure
1
Turn on universal power supply at least 12 hours before getting started → Displaying “HO” on display panel for
about two minutes
2
Press TEST RUN button twice → Displaying “TEST RUN’’ on display panel
3
Press
4
Press
select button to change from cooling to heating operation, and vice versa → Make sure that
warm or cold air is blowing out
5
Press
6
Press
7
Make sure that indoor unit fans operate normally
8
Make sure that interlocking devices such as ventilator operate normally if any
9
Press ON/OFF button to cancel test run → Stop operation
selection button → Make sure that air is blowing out
adjust button → Make sure that air blow is changed
or
button to change wind → Make sure that horizontal or downward blow is adjustable.
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
If check code is displayed on remote controller or remote controller does not operate normally.
Test run automatically stops operating after two hours by activation of timer set to two hours.
During test run, test run remaining time is displayed on time display section.
During test run, temperature of liquid pipe in indoor unit is displayed on remote controller room temperature
display section.
5: When pressing
adjust button, depending on the model, “NOT AVAILABLE” may be displayed on remote
controller. However, it is not a malfunction.
6: When pressing
or
button, depending on the model, “NOT AVAILABLE” may be displayed on
remote controller. However, it is not a malfunction.
–54–
4 GROUPING REGISTRATION OF INDOOR UNITS WITH REMOTE CONTROLLER
(1) Switch function
• The switch operation to register with the remote controller is shown below:
ON/OFF –
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
1Hr.
ON
CHECK
OFF
˚C
CLOCK
FILTER
˚C
STAND BY
DEFROST
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
CHECK MODE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
NOT AVAILABLE
TEST RUN
F Delete switch
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
G Registered mode
selector switch
A
CHECK
B
E Confirmation switch
TEMP.
TIMER SET
TEST RUN
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
D Registration switch
C Switch to assign
indoor unit address
Name
Symbol
of switch
Registration/ordinary
mode selection switch
A+B
Switch to assign indoor
unit address
C
Registration switch
D
Confirmation switch
E
Delete switch
F
Registered mode
selector switch
G
Switch to assign
interlocked unit address
H
Registration/
ordinary mode
selector switch
Name of actual switch
H Switch to assign interlocked unit address
Description
This switch selects the ordinary mode or registered mode (ordinary
mode represents that to operate indoor units).
* To select the registered mode, press the FILTER +
switch continuously for over 2 seconds under stopping state.
[Note] The registered mode can not be obtained for a while after
powering.
Pressing the FILTER +
switch displays “CENTRALLY
CONTROLLED”.
FILTER +
of TEMP
This switch assigns the unit address for “INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS
NO.”
This switch is used for group/interlocked registration.
TEST RUN
This switch is used to retrieve/identify the content of group and interlocked (connection information) registered.
CLOCK
ON
OFF
This switch is used to retrieve/identify the content of group and interlocked (connection information) registered.
This switch selects the case to register indoor units as group (group
setting mode) or that as interlocked (interlocked setting mode).
for the group setting mode
*The unit address is shown at one spot
while at two spots
for the interlocked setting mode.
of TIMER SET This switch assigns the unit address of “OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.”
–55–
(2) Attribute display of unit
• At the group registration and the confirmation/deletion of registration/connection information, the type (attribute) of the
unit is displayed with two English characters.
Display
Type (Attribute) of unit/controller
Indoor unit connectable to remote controller
Outdoor unit
Local remote controller
System controller (MJ)
[Description of registration/deletion/retrieval]
• The items of operation to be performed by the remote controller are given below. Please see the relating paragraph for
detail.
1 Group registration of indoor unit
• The group of the indoor units and operating remote controller is registered.
• It is usually used for the group operation of indoor units with different refrigerant system.
2 Retrieval/identification of group registration information of indoor units
• The address of the registered indoor units in group is retrieved (identified).
3 Retrieval/identification of registration information
• The connection information of any unit (indoor/outdoor units, remote controller or the like) is retrieved (identified).
4 Deletion of group registration information of indoor units
• The registration of the indoor units under group registration is released (deleted).
5 Deletion of the address not existing
• This operation is to be conducted when “6607” error (No ACK error) is displayed on the remote controller caused by
the miss setting at test run, or due to the old memory remained at the alteration/modification of the group composition.
Caution:
When MELANS (MJ-103MTRA for example) is being connected, do not conduct the group/pair registration using
the remote controller. The group/pair registration should be conducted by MELANS. (For detail, refer to the instruction exclusively prepared for MELANS.)
–56–
(3) Group registration of indoor unit
1) Registration method
• Group registration of indoor unit ........................................................................ 1
The indoor unit to be controlled by a remote controller is registered on the remote controller.
[Registration procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch
(A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode. (See the figure below.)
2 Assign the indoor unit address to “INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS NO.” by operating the
(Room temperature
adjustment) (C).
Then press the TEST RUN switch (D) to register. In the figure below, the “INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS NO.” is being set
to 001.
3 After completing the registration, press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds to
change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
Ordinary mode
• Remote controller under stopping
• “HO” under displaying
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
1
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
1
Group setting mode
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
• Registration complete
▲
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
ON
CHECK
˚C
FILTER
˚C
STAND BY
DEFROST
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
CHECK MODE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
NOT AVAILABLE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
Indicates the type of unit
(Indoor unit in this case)
1Hr.
OFF
CLOCK
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ON/OFF –
2+3
TEST RUN
• Registration error
CLOCK ON OFF
▼
FILTER
CHECK
TEMP.
TIMER SET
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
“88” flickers indicating registration error. (when the indoor unit
registered is not existing)
TEST RUN
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
2 Assign the
address (C)
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
1 Change to the 3 Press the
registration
registration
mode (A + B)
switch (D)
System example
Indoor units
Group
Remote controller
–57–
• Confirm the indoor unit address No.
• Confirm the connection of the transmission line.
2)
Method of retrieval/confirmation
• Retrieval/confirmation of group registration information on indoor unit ............... 2
The address of the indoor unit being registered on the remote controller is displayed.
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A
+ B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 In order to confirm the indoor unit address already registered, press
switch (E). (See figure below.) When the group
of plural sets is registered, the addresses will be displayed in order at each pressing of
switch (E).
3 After completing the registration, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2
seconds to change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
• Registered
▲
ON/OFF –
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
ON
CHECK
OFF
˚C
CLOCK
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
1
FILTER
˚C
STAND BY
DEFROST
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
1Hr.
CHECK MODE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
NOT AVAILABLE
Indicates the type of unit
(Indoor unit in this case)
TEST RUN
1
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
• No registration.
CHECK
TIMER SET
TEST RUN
▼
TEMP.
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
Note: Only one address will be displayed
when the registration is one even the
switch is how often pressed
1 Press the switch for confirmation (E)
• Retrieval/confirmation of registration information ................................................ 3
The registered information on a certain unit (indoor unit, outdoor unit, remote controller or the like) is displayed.
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A
+ B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 Operate
switch (G) for the interlocked setting mode. (See figure below.)
3 Assign the unit address of which registration information is desired to confirm with the
(TIMER SET) switch
(H). Then press the
switch (E) to display it on the remote controller. (See figure below.)
Each pressing of
switch (E) changes the display of registered content. (See figure below.)
4 After completing the retrieval/confirmation, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time
for 2 seconds to change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
–58–
• Registered
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ON/OFF –
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
ON
CHECK
˚C
CLOCK
FILTER
˚C
STAND BY
DEFROST
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
(Alternative
display)
1Hr.
OFF
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
CHECK MODE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
NOT AVAILABLE
TEST RUN
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
CHECK
TEMP.
TIMER SET
TEST RUN
▲
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
2
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
1+2
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
(Alternative
display)
1 Set the address
2 Press the switch for
confirmation (E)
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
*
• No registration
Same display will appear when
the unit of “007” is not existing.
▼
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
3)
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
Method of deletion
• Deletion of group registration information of indoor unit ...................................... 4
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 Press the
switch (E) to display the indoor unit address registered. (As same as 2)
3 In order to delete the registered indoor unit being displayed on the remote controller, press the
(F) switch two
times continuously. At completion of the deletion, the attribute display section will be shown as “ – – “.
(See figure below.)
Note: Completing the deletion of all indoor units registered on the remote controller returns to “HO” display.
4 After completing the registration, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2
seconds to change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
CLOCK
ON
OFF
• Deletion completed
ON
CHECK
1Hr.
OFF
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
˚C
˚C
CLOCK
CHECK MODE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
NOT AVAILABLE
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
In case group registration with other
indoor unit is existing
FILTER
˚C
STAND BY
DEFROST
1
▲
ON/OFF –
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
TEST RUN
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
“– –” indicates the
deletion completed.
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
CHECK
1
• Deletion completed
TIMER SET
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
TEST RUN
In case no group
registration with other
indoor unit is existing
1 Press the switch for confirmation (F)
twice continuously.
–59–
▼
ON/OFF –
TEMP.
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
4)
Deletion of information on address not existing
• Deletion of information on address not existing ................................................... 5
This operation is to be conducted when “6607” error (No ACK error) is displayed on the remote controller caused by
the miss setting at test run, or due to the old memory remained at the alteration/modification of group composition,
and the address not existing will be deleted.
Note: The connection information (connection between indoor unit and outdoor unit) on the refrigerant system can
not be deleted.
An example to delete the system controller of “250” from the indoor unit of “007” is shown below.
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A
+ B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 Operate
switch (G) for the interlocked setting mode ( ii ). (See the figure below.)
(Room temperature control) switch (C),
3 Assign the unit address existing to “OA UNIT ADDRESS No.” with the
and press
switch (E) to call the address to be deleted. (See the figure below.) As the error display on the remote
controller is usually transmitted from the indoor unit, “OA UNIT ADDRESS No.” is used as the address of the indoor unit.
4 Press the
switch (F) twice. (See the figure below.)
5 After completing the deletion, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds
to return to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
CLOCK
ON
OFF
• Deletion completed
When both indoor
unit and interlocked
unit addresses are
existing
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
3
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
▲
(Alternative
display)
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
(Alternative
display)
˚C
3
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
▲
*
1 +2
• Deletion completed
˚C
ON/OFF –
ON
CHECK
1Hr.
OFF
STAND BY
DEFROST
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO.
Deletion of
address not
existing
˚C
CLOCK
FILTER
˚C
CHECK MODE
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.
NOT AVAILABLE
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
TEST RUN
▼
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
(Alternative
display)
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
*
CHECK
TEMP.
TIMER SET
TEST RUN
NETWORK
REMOTE CONTROLLER
PAR-F25MA
2 Press the switch for
confirmation (E)
3 Press the deletion switch (F) twice
1 Set the address (H)
–60–
5 CONTROL
[1] Control of Outdoor Unit
(1) Initial processing
• When turning on power source, initial processing of microcomputer is given top priority.
• During initial processing, control processing corresponding to operation signal is suspended. The control processing is resumed after initial processing is completed. (Initial processing : Data processing in microcomputer and
initial setting of each LEV opening, requiring approx. 2 minutes at the maximum.)
(2) Control at staring
• In case unit is started within 2 hours after turning on power source at low ambient temperature (+5˚C or less), the
unit does not start operating for 30 minutes at the maximum.
(3)
Bypass, capacity control
• Solenoid valve consists of bypass solenoid valve (SV1, SV2) bypassing between high pressure side and low
pressure sider. The following operation will be provided.
1)
Bypass solenoid valves SV1 and SV2 (both “open” when turned on)
• PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B
• PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
• PURY-200·250YMF-B
• PURY-P200·250YMF-B
SV1
:
:
:
:
Y
Y-P
R2
R2-P
Object
SV2
Item
ON (Open)
OFF (Close)
ON (Open)
OFF (Close)
Y
Y-P
R2
R2-P
When starting compressor
Turned on for 4 minutes
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
After thermost “ON is returned
and after 3 minutes restart
Turned on for 4 minutes
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
When compressor stops in
cooling or heating mode
Always turned on
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
After operation stops
Turned on for 3 minutes
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
During defrosting operations
Always turned on
Always turned on.
❍
❍
❍
❍
During oil recovery operations
Always turned on.
Always turned on.
❍
❍
Always turned on.
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
During 20Hz operations, at
fall in low pressure or low
pressure saturation temperature. (3minutes or more after
starting)
When high pressure rises
(Pd)
–
When Pd
reaches
27.5kg/cm2G
(2.70MPa) or
more
When high pressure rises
(Pd) during 20Hz operations
(3 minutes after starting)
When Pd is
24kg/cm2G
(2.35MPa) or
less 30
seconds
–
When discharge temperature
rises
(3 minutes after starting)
When Ps is 2.5kg/
cm2G (0.25MPa) or
more
When low TH2 is
–30˚C or less
When TH2 is
–15˚C or more
When Pd reaches
26.5kg/cm2G
(2.60MPa) or more
When Pd is 23.5kg/
cm2G (2.30MPa) or
less after 30 seconds
When Pd reaches
25.5kg/cm2G
(2.50MPa) or more
When Pd is 23kg/
cm2G (2.25MPa) or
less after 30 seconds
❍
❍
Turned on when high When high pressure
pressure (Pd) ex(Pd) is 20kg/cm2G
ceeds pressure limit (1.96MPa) or less
❍
❍
❍
❍
When temp. exceeds When discharge
130˚C and Pb
temp. is 115˚C or
reaches 15kg/cm2G less
(1.47MPa) or more
❍
❍
❍
❍
Compressor
Bypass
solenoid
valve (SV1)
Start
(4-minute)
Thermo.
OFF
Thermo.
ON
❍
When Ps is 1.5kg/
cm2G (0.15MPa) or
less
Defrosting time
(*1)
(2-minute)
(4-minute)
–61–
Stop
(3-minute)
❍
(4) Frequency control
• Depending on capacity required, capacity control change and frequency change are performed to keep constant
evaporation temperature in cooling operations, and high pressure saturation temperature in heating operation.
• Frequency change is perfprmed at the rate of 2Hz/second across 20 ~ 105Hz range.
1)
Frequency control starting
• 60Hz is the upper limit for 3 minutes after starting.
• 75Hz is the upper limit within 30 minutes at the first starting compressor after turning on power source.
2)
Pressure limit
The upper limit of high pressure (Pd) is set for each frequency.
When the limit is exceeded, frequency is reduced every 10 seconds.
(Frequency decrease rate (Hz) : 22% of the present value)
<(P)200YMF-B>
<(P)250YMF-B>
3)
Discharge temperature limit
Discharge temperature (Td) of compressor is detected during operation. If the upper limit is exceeded, the frequency
is reduced. (Change rate : 5% of the present value)
• 30 seconds after starting compressor, control is performed every minute.
• Operation temperature is 130˚C.
4)
Periodical frequency control
Frequency controll is periodically performed except for the frequency controls at operation start, status change, and
protection.
1 Cycle of periodical frequency control
Periodical frequency control is performed every minute after the time specified below has passed.
• 20 sec after starting compressor or finishing defrostoing operations
• 20 sec after frequency control by discharge temperature or pressure limit
2 Amount of frequency change
The amount of frequency change is controlled corresponding to evaporation temperature and high pressure
saturation temperature.
3-1 Back up of frequency control by bypass valve (PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B)
During 20Hz operations, frequency is backed up by turning on (opening) bypass valve (SV2).
• Cooling
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, bypass valve is turned on when TH2 is -30˚C or
less, and turned off when TH2 is –15˚C or more.
• Heating
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, SV2 turned on when high pressure (Pd)
exceeds pressure limit and turned off when Pd falls to 20kg/cm2G (1.96MPa) or less.
ON
▼
▼
OFF
–30˚C
OFF
▼
ON
▼
20kg/cm2G
(1.96MPa)
–15˚C
–62–
22kg/cm2G
(2.16MPa)
3-2 Back up of frequency control by bypass valve (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B, PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B)
During 20Hz operations, frequency is backed up by turning on (opening) bypass valve (SV2).
• Cooling
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, bypass valve is turned on when,
Ps is 1.5kg/cm2G (0.15MPa) or less and turned off when Ps is 2.5kg/cm2G (0.25MPa) or more.
• Heating
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, SV2 turned on when high pressure (Pd)
exceeds pressure limit and turned off when Pd falls to 20kg/cm2G (1.96MPa) or less.
ON
▼
▼
OFF
2
1.5kg/cm G
(0.15MPa)
OFF
2
▼
ON
▼
20kg/cm2G
(1.96MPa)
2.5kg/cm G
(0.25MPa)
27kg/cm2G
(2.65MPa)
(5) Oil return control (Electronic expansion valve <SLEV>)
• Oil return LEV (SLEV) opening is dependent on compressor frequency and ambient temperature.
• SLEV is closed (0) when compressor stops, and SLEV is set (64) for 10 minutes after starting compressor.
(6) Subcool coil control (electronic expansion valve <LEV1>) : PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B, PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
• The amount of super heat detected from the bypass outlet temperature of subcool coil (TH8) is controlled to be
within a certain range for each 60 sec.
• The opening angle is corrected and controlled depending on the outlet/inlet temperature of subcool coil (TH5, TH7)
and the discharge temperature.
• However, the valve will be closed (0) at heating and compressor stopping.
• It will fully open at defrosting.
(7) Defrost operation control
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
1) Starting of defrost operations
• After integrated 39 min : P-YMF-B, 50 min : YMF-B of compressor operations, defrosting operations start when –10˚C
or less : P-YMF-B, –2˚C or less : YMF-B of piping temperature (TH5) is detected for 3 consecutive minutes.
• Forcible defrosting operations start by turning on forcible defrost switch (SW2-7) if 3 minutes have already elapsed
after compressor start or completion of defrosting operations.
2)
Completion of defrosting operations
Defrosting operations stop when 10 min : P-YMF-B, 15 min : YMF-B have passed since start of defrosting operation,
or piping temperature (TH5) reaches 8˚C or more.
(Defrosting operations do not stop for 2 minutes after starting, except when piping temperature exceeds 20˚C.)
3)
Defrosting prohibition
Defrosting operations do not start during oil recovery, and for 10 minutes after starting compressor.
4)
Trouble during defrosting operations
When trouble is detected during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations stop, and defrosting prohibition
time decided by integrated operation time of compressor is set to be 20 minutes.
5)
Change in number of operating indoor units during defrosting operations
• In case number of operating indoor units changes during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations continue,
and control of unit number change is performed after the defrosting operations are finished.
• Even in case all indoor units stop or thermostat is turned off during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations
do not stop until expected defrosting activities are completed.
–63–
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
1) Starting of defrost operations
• After integrated 50 minutes of compressor operations, defrosting operations start when –8˚C : P-YMF-B, –6˚C :
YMF-B or less of piping temperature (TH7) is detected for 3 consecutive minutes.
• Forcible defrosting operations start by turning on forcible defrost switch (SW2-7) if 3 minutes have already elapsed
after compressor start or completion of defrosting operations.
2)
Completion of defrosting operations
Defrosting operations stop when 10 minutes have passed since start of defrosting operation, or piping temperature
(TH5) reaches 8˚C or more.
(Defrosting operations do not stop for 4 minutes after starting, except when piping temperature exceeds (TH5 and
TH7) 20˚C and Pd >10kg/cm2G (0.98MPa).)
3)
Defrosting prohibition
Defrosting operations do not start during oil recovery, and for 10 minutes after starting compressor.
4)
Trouble during defrosting operations
When trouble is detected during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations stop, and defrosting prohibition
time decided by integrated operation time of compressor is set to be 20 minutes.
5)
Change in number of operating indoor units during defrosting operations
• In case number of operating indoor units changes during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations continue,
and control of unit number change is performed after the defrosting operations are finished.
• Even in case all indoor units stop or thermostat is turned off during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations
do not stop until expected defrosting activities are completed.
(8) Control of liquid level detecting heater
Detect refrigerant liquid level in accumulator, and heat refrigerant with liquid level heater for judging refrigerant
amount. 6 steps of duty control is applied to liquid level heater depending on frequency and outdoor air temperature,
1minute after starting compressor.
(9) Judgement and control of refrigerant amount
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
Judge refrigerant amount by detecting refrigerant liquid surface accumulator.
1) Judgement of accumulator liquid level
Return refrigerant from accumulator liquid level detecting circuit to compressor inlet pipe, detect piping temperature,
and judge liquid level.
When heated with heater, liquid refrigerant temperature is almost equal to low pressure saturation temperature, and
gas refrigerant temperature is a little higher than low pressure saturation temperature. By comparing these temperatures with Te (low pressure saturation temperature) : P-YMF-B, TH2 : YMF-B in accumulator inlet portion, refrigerant
liquid level can be judged.
Accumulator liquid level is judged in 3 steps as shown in the figure, from Te or TH2 and liquid level detecting temperatures (TH3, TH4). After deciding refrigerant status (Liquid : TH3 and TH4 are Te or TH2 +5˚C or less, Gas : TH3
and TH4 are Te or TH2 +5˚C or more), judge liquid level by comparing TH3 and TH4.
–64–
Ps
* Judgement by the AL is at best only a
rough guideline.
Please do not add refrigerant based on
the AL reading alone.
2)
Control of refrigerant amount
Cooling
(a) Prohibition of liquid level detection
• Liquid level is detected in normal conditions except for the following:
For 6 minutes after starting unit, and during unit stopping.
(b) In case AL=2 is detected for 3 consecutive minutes during liquid level detection (control at excessive refrigerant
replenishment and trouble mode)
• Changed to intermittent fault check mode preceded by 3 minutes restart prevention. But it is not abnormal when
the discharge SH is high. Error stop is observed when trouble is detected again in the same intermittent fault
check mode (for 30 minutes after unit stops for intermittent fault check).
• When turning on liquid level trouble ignore switch (SW2-6), error stop is not observed, and 3 minutes restart
prevention by intermittent fault check mode is repeated. However, LED displays overflow.
(Turning SW2-6 on makes the error of TH6 < outdoor air sensor > ineffective.)
(c) When operation mode shows “Stop,” excessive or insufficient refrigerant display and excessive or insufficient
refrigerant ignore display are extinguished.
Heating
(a) Prohibition of liquid level detection
Liquid level is detected in normal conditions except for the following.
• For 6 minutes after starting unit, and during unit stopping (including restart after overflow ignored).
• During defrosting operations and for 6 minutes after defrosting.
(b) In case AL=2 is detected for 3 consecutive minutes during liquid level detection (control at excessive refrigerant
replenishment and trouble mode)
• Changed to intermittent fault check mode preceded by 3 minutes restart prohibition. But it is not abnormal when
the discharge SH is high. Error stop is observed when trouble is detected again in the same intermittent fault
check mode (for 30 minutes after unit stops for intermittent fault check).
• When turning on liquid level trouble ignore switch (SW2-6), error stop is not observed, and 3 minutes restart
prevention by intermittent fault check mode is repeated. However, LED displays overflow.
(Turning SW2-6 on makes the error of TH6 < outdoor air sensor > ineffective.)
–65–
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
Judge refrigerant amount by detecting refrigerant liquid surface accumulator.
1) Judgement of accumulator liquid level
Return refrigerant from accumulator liquid level detecting circuit to compressor inlet pipe, detect piping temperature,
and judge liquid level.
When heated with heater, liquid refrigerant temperature is almost equal to low pressure saturation temperature, and
gas refrigerant temperature is a little higher than low pressure saturation temperature. By comparing these temperatures with low pressure saturation temperature Te in accumulator inlet portion, refrigerant liquid level can be judged.
Accumulator liquid level is judged in 3 steps as shown in the figure, from low pressure saturation temperature Te
and liquid level detecting temperatures (TH3, TH4). After deciding refrigerant status (Liquid : TH3 and TH4 are
Te+5˚C : YMF-B, TH2+9˚C : P-YMF-B or less Gas : TH3 and TH4 are Te +5˚C : YMF-B, TH2 +9˚C : P-YMF-B or
more), judge liquid level by comparing TH3 and TH4.
Ps
Te (low pressure saturation
Temperature)
* Judgement by the AL is at best only a
rough guideline.
Please do not add refrigerant based on
the AL reading alone.
2)
Control of refrigerant amount
Cooling
(a) Prohibition of liquid level detection
• Liquid level is detected in normal conditions except for the following:
For 6 minutes after starting unit, and during unit stopping.
(b) In case AL=2 and Td-Tc 20 is detected for 3 consecutive minutes during liquid level detection (control at
excessive refrigerant replenishment and trouble mode)
• Changed to intermittent fault check mode preceded by 3 minutes restart prevention. Error stop is observed
when trouble is detected again in the same intermittent fault check mode (for 30 minutes after unit stops for
intermittent fault check).
• When turning on liquid level trouble ignore switch (SW2-6), error stop is not observed, and 3 minutes restart
prevention by intermittent fault check mode is repeated. However, LED displays overflow.
(Turning SW2-6 on makes the error of TH6 < outdoor air sensor > ineffective.)
(c) When operation mode shows “Stop,” excessive or insufficient refrigerant display and excessive or insufficient
refrigerant ignore display are extinguished.
Heating
(a) Prohibition of liquid level detection
Liquid level is detected in normal conditions except for the following.
• For 6 minutes after starting unit, and during unit stopping (including restart after overflow ignored).
• During defrosting operations and for 6 minutes after defrosting.
(b) In case AL=2 and Td-Tc 20 deg is detected for 3 consecutive minutes during liquid level detection (control at
excessive refrigerant replenishment and trouble mode)
• Changed to intermittent fault check mode preceded by 3 minutes restart prohibition. Error stop is observed when
trouble is detected again in the same intermittent fault check mode (for 30 minutes after unit stops for intermittent
fault check).
–66–
• When turning on liquid level trouble ignore switch (SW2-6), error stop is not observed, and 3 minutes restart
prevention by intermittent fault check mode is repeated. However, LED displays overflow.
(Turning SW2-6 on makes the error of TH6 < outdoor air sensor > ineffective.)
(10) Refrigerant recovery control (PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B)
Refrigerant recovery is conducted to prevent refrigerant from accumulating in the stopped unit (fan unit), the unit
under cooling mode and that with heating thermostat being turned off.
1)
Start of refrigerant recovery
1 Refrigerant recovery is started when the two items below are fully satisfied.
• 30 minutes has passed after finishing refrigerant recovery.
• The level detector detects AL = 0 for 3 minutes continuously, or the discharge SH is high.
2)
Refrigerant recovery operation
• Refrigerant is recovered by opening LEV of the objective indoor units (indoor units under stop. fan, and cooling
modes, and that with heating thermostat being turned off) for 30 seconds.
LEV opening at refrigerant recovery
(Indoor unit LEV opening 500 pulse)
LEV opening
before change
30 seconds
Starts
Finish
• The regular capacity control of the outdoor unit and the regular LEV control of the indoor unit are not applied
during refrigerant recovery operation, but are fixed with the value before the recovery operation. These controls will
be conducted one minute after finishing the recovery operation.
• Defrosting operation is prohibited during the recovery operation, and it will be conducted after finishing the recovery operation.
(11) Control of outdoor unit fan and outdoor unit heat exchanger capacity
1 PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B
1) Control system
Depending on capacity required, control outdoor fan flow rate with phase control, for maintaining evaporation
temperature (0˚C when TH6 27˚C, lower than 0˚C when TH6 < 27˚C) in cooling operations, and high pressure
18kg/cm2G (1.76MPa) in heating operations.
2) Control
• Outdoor unit fan stops when compressor stops.
• Fan is in full operation for 5 seconds after starting.
• Outdoor unit fan stops during defrosting operations.
2 PUHY-P200·250YMF-B, PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
1) Control system
Depending on capacity required, control outdoor fan flow rate with phase control, for maintaining evaporation
temperature (0˚C) in cooling operations, and high pressure saturated temperature (49˚C) in heating operations.
2) Control
• Outdoor unit fan stops when compressor stops.
• Fan is in full operation for 5 seconds after starting.
• Outdoor unit fan stops during defrosting operations.
–67–
[2] Control of BC Controller
(1) Control of SVA, SVB and SVC
SVA, SVB and SVC are turned on and off depending on connection mode.
Mode
Cooling
Heating
Stop
Defrost
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
SVB
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
SVC
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Connection
SVA
(2) Control of SVM
SVM is turned on and off corresponding to operation mode.
Operation mode
Cooling-only
Cooling-main
Heating-only
Heating-main
Defrost
Stop
SVM
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
(3) Control of LEV
LEV opening (sj) is controlled corresponding to operation mode as follows:
Operation mode
LEV1
Cooling-only
2000
LEV2*4
LEV3
Superheat
control *1
LEV4*4
60
Heating-only
Cooling-main
(Number of pulse)
Heating-main
• Liquid level
60 *3
control
• Differential
Differential
pressure control
Differential
Pressure control
*2
Pressure control
*2
*2
60
60 *4
Defrost
Stop
2000
1000
2000
60
60
Control every minute so that superheat amount detected by bypass inlet and oulet
temperatures (TH12, TH15) stay in the specified range.
*1
Superheat
control
*2
Control every minute so that detected differential pressure (PS1, PS3) stay in the
Differential
pressure control specified range.
*3
–
60 or more pulses are sometimes detected because of rise in liquid side pressure (PS1).
*4
–
There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
* Please confirm that the above parts of BC controllers are being color-corded and shown with the name plate inside
the BC controller unit.
–68–
[3] Operation Flow Chart
(1) Outdoor unit
Start
NO
Normal operations
Trouble observed
Stop
Breaker
turned on
YES
“HO” blinks on the remote
controller
Note : 1
NO
Set indoor address No. to remote
controller
YES
NO
YES
Oil return LEV, SC coil LEV
(PUHY) fully closed
Fan
1.
2.
3.
4.
52C
Inverter output
Outdoor fan
All solenoid valve
Operation
command
Operation
mode
OFF
0Hz
Stop
OFF
Error mode
Cooling-only, Heating-only,
Cooling/heating mixed
Note : 2
YES
Error stop
NO
52C ON
Error code blinks on the
outdoor controller board
Note : 3 Cooling/heating mixed
(only for PURY)
Operation
mode
Cooling (Coolingonly) operations
Note : 4
Operation
mode
Heating (Heatingonly) operations
Cooling-main
operations
Error command to
BC controller
Error code blinks on the
remote controller
Heating-main
operations
Operation mode command to (BC controller) outdoor unit
Note : 1
For about 3 minutes after turning on power source, address and group information of outdoor unit, BC, controller indoor unit,
and remote controller are retrieved by remote controller, during which “HO” blinks on and off on remote controller. In case
indoor unit is not grouped to remote controller, “HO” display on remote controller continues blinking even after 3 minutes after
turning on power source.
Note : 2
Two trouble modes included indoor unit side trouble, (BC controller trouble) and outdoor unit side trouble. In the case of indoor
unit side trouble, error stop is observed in outdoor unit only when all the indoor units are in trouble. However, if one or more
indoor units are operating normally, outdoor unit shows only LED display without undergoing stop.
Note : 3
On PUHY system, operation mode conforms to mode command by indoor unit. However, when outdoor unit is being under
cooling operation, the operation of indoor unit will be prohibited even by setting a part of indoor units under operation, or indoor
unit under stopping or fan mode to heating mode. Reversely when outdoor unit is being heating operation, the same condition
will be commenced.
On PURY system, operation mode conforms to mode command by BC controller.
Note : 4
In case BC controller issues cooling/heating mixed operation mode, outdoor unit decides operation mode of cooling-main
operation or heating-main operation.
–69–
(2) BC controller (for PURY)
Start
NO
Normal operations
Trouble observed
Stop
Breaker
turned on
YES
NO
Operation
command
YES
1. Operation mode judgement
(cooling-only, heating-only,
cooling/heating mixed)
2. Transmission to outdoor unit
Receiving operation mode
command from outdoor unit
Note : 1
Error mode
YES
NO
Error stop
Cooling/heating mixed
Fan
Operation mode
Error code blinks on the
outdoor controller board
Operation mode
Solenoid valve OFF,
LEV fully closed.
Error command to
BC controller
Operation mode
Error code blinks on the
remote controller
Cooling-only
operations
Note : 1
Heating-only
operations
Cooling-main
operations
Heating-main
operations
Two error modes include indoor unit side trouble, BC controller trouble, and outdoor unit side trouble. In the case of indoor
unit side trouble, error stop is observed in the concerned indoor unit only, and in the cases of BC controller and outdoor unit
side troubles, error stop is observed in all the indoor units, BC controller, and outdoor unit.
–70–
(3) Indoor unit
Start
Breaker
turned on
Normal operations
Trouble observed
Stop
NO
YES
Operation SW
turned on
YES
NO
Note :1
1. Protection function
self-holding cancelled.
2. Indoor unit LEV fully
closed.
Remove controller
display extinguished
Note :2
Error mode
NO
YES
Operation mode
Error stop
only for PURY
Error code blinks on
the remote controller
Cooling mode
Error command
to outdoor unit
Cooling
display
Heating
mode
Dry mode
Cooling/heating
automatic mode
Fan mode
Dry display
Cooling/heating
automatic display
Fan display
FAN stop
YES
Drain pump
ON
NO
Indoor unit LEV
fully closed
Note :1
3-minute drain
pupm ON
Heating
display
Note :3
Prohibition
YES
Prohibition
NO
NO
Cooling
operations
Heating
operations
Error code
blinks on the
outdoor
controller board
YES
Note :3
Prohibition
NO
Dry
operation
YES
Note :3
Prohibition
YES
NO
Cooling/heating
automatic
operations
Fan
operations
Prohibition “Remote
controller blinking”
Note : 1
Indoor unit LEV fully closed : Opening 60
Note : 2
Two error modes include indoor unit trouble, (BC controller trouble) and outdoor unit side trouble. In the case of indoor unit
trouble, error stop is observed in the concerned indoor unit only, and in the cases of (BC controller and) outdoor unit side
troubles, error stop is observed in all the indoor units connected.
Note : 3
“Prohibition” status is observed (when several indoor units are connected to one connection, of BC controller and) when
connection mode is different from indoor unit operation mode. (Operation mode display on the remote controller blinks on
and off, fan stops, and indoor unit LEV is fully closed.)
–71–
(4) Cooling operation
Cooling operation
Normal operations
Test run
Stop
4-way valve OFF
Indoor unit fan
operations
Test run start
YES
NO
NO
Thermostat ON
YES
YES
3-minute
restart
prevention
NO
1. Inverter output 0Hz
2. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV,
Subcool coil bypass LEV fully
closed
3. Solenoid valve OFF
4. Outdoor unit fan stop
5. BC controller solenoid valve OFF
(PURY)
6. BC controller LEV fully closed
(PURY)
1. Inverter frequency control
2. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
control
3. Solenoid valve control
4. Outdoor unit fan control
5. BC controller solenoid valve control
(PURY)
6. BC controller LEV control (PURY)
–72–
(5) Heating operation
Heating operation
Note : 1
Note : 2
Defrosting
operation
Normal operations
Defrosting operations
Stop
Test run
YES
NO
4-way valve OFF
4-way valve ON
Test run start
YES
NO
NO
Thermostat ON
YES
YES
1. Indoor unit fan stop
2. Inverter defrost frequency control
3. Indoor unit LEV fully opened, oil
return LEV fully closed
4. Solenoid valve control
5. Outdoor unit fan stop
6. BC controller solenoid valve control
(PURY)
7. BC controller LEV control (PURY)
3-minute
restart
prevention
NO
1. Indoor unit fan very low speed
operations
2. Inverter output 0Hz
3. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
fully closed
4. Solenoid valve OFF
5. Outdoor unit fan stop
6. BC controller solenoid valve
OFF (PURY)
7. BC controller LEV fully closed
(PURY)
1. Indoor and outdoor unit fan
control
2. Inverter frequency control
3. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
control
4. Solenoid valve control
5. BC controller solenoid valve
control (PURY)
6. BC controller LEV control
(PURY)
Note : 1
When outdoor unit starts defrosting, it transmits defrost operations command to (BC controller and) indoor unit, and the
indoor unit starts defrosting operations.
Similarly when defrosting operation stops, indoor unit returns to heating operation after receiving defrost end command of
outdoor unit.
Note : 2
1 PUHY-(P)200·250YMF-B
Defrosting start condition : After integrated 39 minutes : P-YMF-B, 50 minutes : YMF-B of compressor operations,
and –10˚C : P-YMF-B, –2˚C : YMF-B or less outdoor unit coil temperature.
Defrosting end condition : After 10 minutes : P-YMF-B, 15 minutes : YMF-B of defrosting operation or the outdoor unit
coil temperature having risen to 8˚C or more.
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
Defrosting start condition : After integrated 50 minutes of compressor operations, and –8˚C:P-YMF-B, –6˚C:YMF-B or
less outdoor unit coil temperature. (TH7)
Defrosting end condition : After 15 minutes of defrosting operation or the outdoor unit coil temperature (TH5 and TH7)
having risen to 8˚C or more.
–73–
(6) Dry operation
Dry operations
Normal operations
Thermostat ON
Stop
4-way valve OFF
Test run start
YES
Note : 2
Thermostat ON
NO
NO
Inlet temp.
18˚C
YES
Note : 1
1. Indoor unit fan stop
2. Inverter output 0Hz
3. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
closed
4. Solenoid valve OFF
5. Outdoor unit fan stop
6. BC controller solenoid valve OFF
(PURY)
7. BC controller LEV fully closed
(PURY)
1. Outdoor unit (Compressor) intermittent operations
2. Indoor unit fan intermittent operations
YES
(Synchronized with compressor :
low speed, OFF operations)
Note : 1
When indoor unit inlet temperature exceeds 18˚C, outdoor unit (compressor) and indoor unit fan start intermittent operations
synchronously. Operations of outdoor unit, BC controller (PURY), indoor unit LEV and solenoid valve accompanying
compressor are the same as those in cooling operations.
Note : 2
Thermostat is always kept on in test run, and indoor and outdoor unit intermittent operation (ON) time is a little longer than
normal operations.
–74–
[4] List of Major Component Functions
Name
Symbol
(function)
Compres- MC
sor
High
pressure
sensor
63HS
Application
Specification
Adjust refrigerant circulation by
controlling operating frequency and
capacity control valve with operating
pressure.
Low pressure shell scroll type
with capacity control mechanism
Winding resistance:
Each phase 0.388Ω (20˚C)
1) High press. detection.
2) Frequency control and high
pressure protection
63HS
Connector
Low
pressure
sensor
Pressure
switch
63LS
63H
Outdoor unit
Thermistor TH1
(discharge)
1) Detects low pressure
2) Calculates the refrigerant circulation configuration.
3) Protects the low pressure
63LS
Connector
Check method
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
Pressure
0~30 kg/cm2G
(0~2.94MPa)
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
Gnd (black)
Vout (white)
Vc (DC5V) (red)
Pressure
0~10 kg/cm2G
(0~0.98MPa)
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
• PUHYP200·250YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
Gnd (black)
Vout (white)
Vc (DC5V) (red)
1) High pressure detection
2) High pressure protection
Setting 30kg/cm2G
(2.94MPa) OFF
Continuity check
1) Discharge temperature detection
2) High pressure protection
R120=7.465kΩ
B25/120=4057
Resistance value
check
20˚C
30˚C
40˚C
50˚C
60˚C
Rt = 7.465exp
{4057( 1 -
: 250kΩ
: 160kΩ
: 104kΩ
: 70kΩ
: 48kΩ
70˚C
80˚C
90˚C
100˚C
110˚C
:
:
:
:
:
34kΩ
24kΩ
17.5kΩ
13.0kΩ
9.8kΩ
TH2
1) Detects the saturated vapor
(low pressure
temperature.
saturation
2) Calculates the refrigerant circulatemperature)
tion configuration.
3) Controls the compressor frequency.
4) Controls the outdoor unit’s fan air
volume.
TH3 TH4
(liquid level
detection)
Detection of refrigerant liquid level
inside accumulator by temperature
difference of TH2, TH3 and TH4
TH5
(piping
temperature)
1) Frequency control
2) Defrost control and liquid level
detection at heating
TH7
(subcool coil
outlet
temperature)
Subcool coil bypass LEV (LEV1)
control
273+t
R0=33kΩ
B0/100=3965
Rt =
33exp{3965(
-20˚C
-10˚C
0˚C
10˚C
20˚C
30˚C
:
:
:
:
:
:
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
1
)}
273+120
Resistance value
check
1
1
)}
273+t 273+0
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
• PURYP200·250YMF-B
92kΩ
55kΩ
33kΩ
20kΩ
13kΩ
8.2kΩ
R0=15kΩ
B0/100=3460
Rt =
1
15exp{3460(
0˚C
10˚C
20˚C
TH6 (outdoor 1) Outdoor air temperature detection 25˚C
air tempera- 2) Fan control, liquid level heater, and 30˚C
ture)
opening setting for oil return
40˚C
Object
273+t
-
1
)}
273+0
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
: 15kΩ
: 9.7kΩ
: 6.4kΩ
: 5.3kΩ
: 4.3kΩ
: 3.1kΩ
TH8
Subcool coil bypass LEV (LEV1)
(subcool coil control
bypass outlet
temperature)
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
TH9
• PUHYP200·250YMF-B
• PURYP200·250YMF-B
1) Detects the CS circuit fluid
temperature.
2) Calculates the refrigerant
circulation configuration.
–75–
Name
Symbol
(function)
Thermistor TH10
(P-YMF-B
only)
Application
Specification
1) Detects the compressor shell
temperature.
2) Provides compressor shell
overheating protection.
R120=7.465kΩ
B25/120=4057
Rt =
7.465exp
{4057( 1 273+t
20˚C
30˚C
40˚C
50˚C
60˚C
Outdoor unit
THHS
Solenoid
valve
: 250kΩ
: 160kΩ
: 104kΩ
: 70kΩ
: 48kΩ
R50=17kΩ
B25/50=4170
Rt =
17exp{4170(
-20˚C
-10˚C
0˚C
10˚C
20˚C
30˚C
40˚C
70˚C
80˚C
90˚C
100˚C
110˚C
: 34kΩ
: 24kΩ
: 17.5kΩ
: 13.0kΩ
: 9.8kΩ
50˚C
60˚C
70˚C
80˚C
90˚C
100˚C
: 17.0kΩ
: 11.5kΩ
: 8.0kΩ
: 5.7kΩ
: 4.1kΩ
: 3.0kΩ
1) High/low press. bypass at starting/ AC 220~240V
stopping and capacity control at
Open at energizing and
low load
close at deenergizing
2) Discharge press. rise suppression
SV2
(discharge suction
bypass)
Capacity control and high press. rise
suppression (backup for frequency
control)
SV3 ~ 6
Control of heat exchanger capacity.
LEV1
(SC coil)
Adjustment of liquid refrigerant (oil)
return foam accumulator
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250
YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250
YMF-B
1
1
)}
273+t 273+50
: 605.0kΩ
: 323.3kΩ
: 180.9kΩ
: 105.4kΩ
: 63.8kΩ
: 39.9kΩ
: 25.7kΩ
• Continuity check
by tester
• Temperature of
inlet and outlet.
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
DC12V stepping motor drive
Valve opening 0~480 pulse
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
Adjustment bypass flow rate from
outdoor unit liquid line at cooling.
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
Heating of refrigerant in accumulator
Liquid level CH2, CH3
detection (accumulator liquid level detection circuit
heater
liquid level
detection)
Cord heater :
Linear
LEV
expansion
valve
1) Adjust superheat of outdoor unit
heat exchanger outlet at cooling.
2) Adjust subcool of indoor unit heat
exchanger at heating.
DC12V
Opening of stepping motor
driving valve
60~2,000 pulses
Continuity check
with tester for
white-red-orange
yellow-brown-blue
Thermistor TH21
(inlet air
temperature)
Indoor unit control (thermostat)
R0 = 15kΩ
B0/100 = 3460
Resistance value
check
1) Indoor unit control (freeze
prevention, hot adjust, etc.)
2) LEV control in heating operation
(Subcool detection)
Rt =
15exp {3460 (
TH22
(piping
temperature)
TH23
(gas side
piping
temperature)
LEV control in cooling operation
(Superheat detector)
Object
• PUHYP200·250
YMF-B
• PURYP200·250
YMF-B
1
)}
273+120
SV1
(discharge suction
bypass)
SLEV
Linear
expansion
valve
Indoor unit
1) Detects the inverter cooling fin
temperature.
2) Provides inverter overheating
protection.
3) Controls the control box cooling
fan.
Check method
2kΩ
Resistance value
(1kΩ + 1kΩ) check
AC220~240V
20W (10W + 10W)
0°C
10°C
20°C
25°C
30°C
40°C
–76–
: 15kΩ
: 9.7kΩ
: 6.4kΩ
: 5.3kΩ
: 4.3kΩ
: 3.1kΩ
1
1
)}
273+t 273+0
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-B
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-B
Name
Pressure
sensor
Symbol
(function)
PS1
Application
Specification
1) Liquid pressure (high-pressure)
detection
2) LEV control
Check method
Red
White
Black
PS3
1) Intermediate pressure detection
2) LEV control
Pressure 0~30kg/cm2G
(0~2.94MPa)
VOUT
0.5~3.5V
Thermistor TH11
(liquid inlet
temperature)
LEV control (liquid refrigerant control) R0=15kΩ
B0/100=3460
Rt =
1
1
15exp{3460(
)}
273+t 273+0
TH12
LEV control (superheat control)
(bypass outlet
0˚C : 15kΩ
pressure)
10˚C : 9.7kΩ
20˚C : 6.4kΩ
TH13
LEV control (liquid refrigerant control) 25˚C : 5.3kΩ
(liquid level
30˚C : 4.3kΩ
detection,
40˚C : 3.1kΩ
heat exchanger outlet
temperature)
BC controller
TH14
(liquid level
detection,
heat exchanger inlet
temperature)
LEV control (liquid refrigerant control)
TH15
LEV control (superheat control)
(bypass outlet
temperature)
Solenoid
valve
TH16
(bypass inlet
temperature)
LEV control (subcool control)
SVM
Opens for cooling-only, defrosting.
SVA
AC 220~240V
Open when energized
Supplies refrigerant to cooling indoor Closed when de-energized
unit.
SVB
Supplies refrigerant to heating indoor
unit.
SVC
Supplies refrigerant to cooling indoor
unit.
Electronic LEV1
expansion LEV2*
valve
LEV3
LEV4*
Liquid level control
pressure control
Continuity check
by a tester
12V DC stepping motor drive Same as LEV of
0 to 2000 valve opening
indoor unit.
pulse
Liquid level control
pressure control
Pressure control
* Only for CMB-P-V-D
–77–
Object
[5] Resistance of Temperature Sensor
Thermistor for low temperature
Thermistor Ro= 15kΩ ± 3% (TH3 ~ 9)
1
1
)}
Rt = 15exp {3460 (
273+t
Thermistor R120 = 7.465kΩ ± 2% (TH1, 10)
1
1
Rt = 7.465exp {4057 ( 273+t - 273+120 )}
273+0
25
50
20
Resistance (kΩ)
Resistance (kΩ)
40
30
20
15
10
5
10
0
0
–20 –10
0
10
20
30
40
90
50
Temperature (˚C)
100
110
Temperature (˚C)
Thermistor R50 = 17kΩ ± 2% (THHS)
1
1
Rt = 17exp {4170 ( 273+t - 273+50 )}
Resistance (kΩ)
Resistance (kΩ)
Thermistor Ro = 33kΩ ± 1% (TH2)
1
1
Rt = 33exp {3965 ( 273+t - 273+0 )}
Temperature (˚C)
Temperature (˚C)
–78–
120
6 REFRIGERANT AMOUNT ADJUSTMENT
Clarify relationship between the refrigerant amount and operating characteristics of CITY MULTI, and perform service
activities such as decision and adjustment of refrigerant amount on the market.
[1] Refrigerant Amount and Operating Characteristics
The followings are refrigerant amount and operating characteristics which draw special attention.
1
During cooling operations, required refrigerant amount tends to increase (refrigerant in accumulator decreases)
in proportion to increase in the number of operating indoor units. However, the change of increase rate is small.
2
During heating operations, liquid level of accumulator is the highest when all the indoor units are operating.
3
Discharge temperature hardly changes when increasing or decreasing refrigerant amount with accumulator
filled with refrigerant.
During cooling operations, discharge temperature tends to rise at
overload than low temperature.
4
Tendency of
discharge
temperature
During heating operations, discharge temperature tends to rise at low Comparison including
temperature than overload.
control system
The lower operating frequency is, the higher discharge temperature
tends to become of deteriorated compressor efficiency.
5
Compressor shell temperature is 20~70 degrees higher than low pressure saturation temperature (Te) when
refrigerant amount is appropriate.
→ Judged as over replenishment when temperature difference from low pressure saturation temperature (Te)
is 10 degrees or less.
[2] Adjustment and Judgement of Refrigerant Amount
(1) Symptom
The symptoms shown in the table below are the signs of excess or lack of refrigerant amount. Be sure to adjust
refrigerant amount in refrigerant amount adjustment mode, by checking operation status, judging refrigerant amount,
and performing selfdiagnosis with LED, for overall judgement of excess or lack of refrigerant amount.
1
Emergency stop at 1500 remote controller display (excessive
refrigerant replenishment)
2
Operating frequency does not fully increase, thus resulting in
insufficient capacity
3
Emergency stop at 1102 remote controller display (discharge
temperature trouble)
4
Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at
1501. (insufficient refrigerant)
Excessive refrigerant replenishment
Insufficient refrigerant replenishment
–79–
Insufficient refrigerant
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
(2) Refrigerant Volume Adjustment Operation (PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B)
1) Operating Characteristics Refrigerant Volume
Characteristic items related to operating characteristics and the refrigerant volume are shown below.
1
If the number of indoor units in operation increases during cooling, the required volume of refrigerant tends to
increase (the amount of refrigerant in the accumulator tends to decrease), but the change is minimal.
2 The liquid level in the accumulator is at its highest when all the indoor units are operating during heating.
3 If there is refrigerant in the accumulator, even if the volume of refrigerant is increased or decreased, there is practically no change in the outlet temperature.
During cooling, the discharge temperature rises more easily when there is an
overload than when the temperature is low.
Tendency of
4 discharge
Temperature
During heating, the discharge temperature rises more easily when the temperature is low than when there is an overload.
Comparison
when control is
included.
The lower the operating frequency, the less efficient the compressor is, making it
easier for the discharge temperature to rise.
5 The compressor shell temperature becomes 20~70 deg. higher than the low pressure saturation temperature (TH2)
if the refrigerant volume is appropriate. If the difference with the low pressure saturation temperature (TH2) is 10 deg.
or less, it can be judged that the refrigerant is overcharged.
2) Adjusting and Judging the Refrigerant Volume
1 Symptoms
Overcharging with refrigerant can be considered as the cause of the following symptoms. When adjusting the
refrigerant volume, be sure that the unit is in the operating condition, and carry out refrigerant volume judgment and
self-diagnosis by the LED’s, judging overall whether the volume of refrigerant is in excess or is insufficient. Perform
adjustments by running the unit in the refrigerant volume adjustment mode.
1
Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at 1500 (refrigerant
overcharge).
Refrigerant overcharge
2 The operating frequency doesn’t rise high enough and capacity is not achieved.
3 Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at 1102 (outlet
temperature overheating).
4
Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at 1501 (insufficient
refrigerant).
Insufficient refrigerant
Insufficient refrigerant
2 Refrigerant Volume
a Checking the Operating Condition
Operate all the indoor units on cooling or on heating, checking the discharge temperature, sub-cooling, low pressure saturation temperature, inlet temperature, shell bottom temperature, liquid level, liquid step, etc. and rendering
an overall judgment.
Note :
Depending on the operating state, AL = 0 has the meaning does not mean that there is insufficient refrigerant.
Judgement
Condition
1
Outlet temperature is high. (125°C or higher)
2
Low pressure saturation temperature is extremely low.
3
Inlet superheating is high (if normal, SH = 20 deg or lower).
4
Shell bottom temperature is high (the difference with the low pressure saturation
temperature is 70 deg. or greater)
5
Shell temperature is low (the difference with the low pressure saturation temperature is 10 deg. or lower).
6
Liquid level AL = 2
–80–
Refrigerant volume tends toward
insufficient.
Rifrigerant volume tends toward
overcharge.
b
1
2
3
c
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
Cautions When Judging the Liquid Level
If you are judging the liquid level, be sure to use it only after making sure the liquid level sensor function (sensor and
heater) is operating normally.
Judgment
Check Items
Normal if the resistance is 2 kΩ ± 5%.
Liquid Heater Disconnection Check
Normal if AC 198~264 V is output
Liquid Heater Output Check
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Turn 1 ON on the self-diagnosis switch (SW1)
, and output the together with the LED lighting.
signal for the heater relay to LED 7, then check the voltage of the heater
terminal (AC 198~264 V) (leave the heater connections as they are).
Inlet superheating is high (if normal, SH = 20 deg or lower).
Check the refrigerant volume by self-diagnosis using the LED.
Set the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) as shown below and check the past information (history) concerning the
refrigerant volume.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Set SW1 as shown in he figure at right.
ON
If LD8 lights up, it indicates the refrigerant charge abnormal delay state just before emergency stop due to refrigerant overcharge (1500).
3 Additional Refrigerant Charge Volume
At the time of shipping from the factory, the outdoor unit is charged with the amount of coolant shown in the following table, but since no extension piping is included, please carry out additional charging on-site.
Outdoor Unit Model Name
Refrigerant Charge Volume
PU(H)Y-200YMF-B PUHY-P200YMF-B PU(H)Y-250YMF-B PUHY-P250YMF-B
7.5kg
8 kg
9.5kg
10 kg
Calculation Formula
Calculate the additional refrigerant volume by calculating the size of the extension liquid piping and its length (units: m).
(kg) = (0.12 × L1) + (0.06 × L2) + (0.024 × L3) + α
Additional Refrigerant Volume
L1:
L2:
L3:
α:
Length of ø12.7 liquid pipe (m)
Length of ø9.52 liquid pipe (m)
Length of ø6.35 liquid pipe (m)
refer to the calculation table.
In the calculation results, round up fractions smaller than 0.01 kg. (Example: 18.54 kg → 18.6 kg)
(α Calculation Table)
Total Capacity of
Connected Indoor Units
~90
91 ~180
181 ~370
371 ~462
α
1.0 kg
1.5
2.0
2.5
Caution : (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B)
When charging with refrigerant, be sure to charge from the liquid side. If charging from the gas side, it will cause
the refrigerant composition to change inside the unit and the composition of the refrigerant remaining in the
canister will also change.
–81–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
3) Refrigerant Volume Adjustment Mode Operation
2 Procedure
Depending on the operating conditions, it may be necessary either to charge with supplementary refrigerant, or to
drain out some, but if such a case arises, please follow the procedure given below.
1
Switching the function select switch (SW2-4), located on the outdoor unit’s control board, ON starts refrigerant
volume adjustment mode operation and the following operation occurs.
Operation
1
2
During cooling, LEV1 on the outdoor unit opens slightly wider than normal.
During heating, ordinary operation is carried out.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
Additionally, if the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) on the outdoor unit’s control board is set to
accumulator’s liquid level is indicated by the LED lighting position.
ON
, the
AL = 0 (No liquid in accumulator)
AL = 1 (Liquid in accumulator)
AL = 2 (Overcharge)
Notes 1
Notes 2
Notes 3
Notes 4
Even if AL = 1 for a short time after operation in the refrigerant volume adjustment mode starts, as
time passes (as the refrigeration system stabilizes), it may change to AL = 0.
1 If it is really AL = 1
Cases where AL = 1, TH5 - TH7 in the outdoor unit is 5 deg or greater and the SH of all indoor units is 6~13 deg.
2 Cases where AL = 1 now, but there is a possibility that it will change to AL = 0 as time passes.
TH5 - TH7 in the outdoor unit is not 5 deg., or the SH of at least one of the indoor units is not deg.
A refrigerant volume adjustment performed in the cooling mode must be done with a gauge reading of 14 kg/cm2G
(1.37MPa) or higher.
If the pressure does not reach 14 kg/cm2G (1.37MPa), adjust in the heating mode.
In cases where a high pressure of 14 kg/cm2G (1.37MPa) or greater cannot be maintained with low temperature outside air
(20~25 deg.) in cooling mode operation, and high pressure changes at the border of 14 kg/cm2G (1.37MPa), use TH1, TH5, TH7
and Tc to adjust the refrigerant volume. TH1, TH5 and TH7 can be displayed using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) on the outdoor
unit’s control board.
Judgment by the AL is at best only a rough guideline. Please do not add refrigerant based on the
AL reading alone. (Be sure to obtain calculations of the correct amount before adding refrigerant.)
TH1 Self-diagnosis Switch
TH5 Self-diagnosis Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
TH7 Self-diagnosis Switch
Tc Self-diagnosis Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
Using these, judge TH1, Tc - TH5 and Tc - TH7.
However, if you are adjusting the cooling refrigerant volume by this procedure, do not turn Dip SW2-4 ON.
A
In cases where cooling is being done in the refrigerant volume adjustment mode, if 2 above
applies, please perform accumulator level AL judgment after waiting until TH5 - TH7 in the
outdoor unit is at 5 deg or higher and the SH of all the indoor units reaches 6~9 deg.
C
For the SH of indoor units, turn the self-diagnosis switch for the outdoor unit ON, then monitor by
the lighting position of the LED.
Treatment
When supplementing the refrigerant volume, please be careful to charge with liquid refrigerant.
–82–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
(3) Refrigerant adjustment in cooling season (When the high pressure is 14 kg/cm2G (1.37MPa) or greater)
YES
Adjustment start
NO
Cooling operations of all indoor unit
in test run mode.
Turn on refrigerant amount adjustment switch (SW2-4) of outdoor unit.
Operations status
stabilized ?
Liquid level of accumulator
indicates AL=0 or AL=2
AL=2
AL=0
Draw out refrigerant little by little
from low pressure service port.
Charge refrigerant from low
pressure service port little by little.
After adjusting the
refrigerant volume, run for 5
minutes and judge the AL.
After adjusting the refrigerant
volume, run for 5 minutes and
judge the AL.
Liquid level changed from
AL=0 to AL=1 ?
Liquid level changed from
AL=2 to AL=1 ?
Finish to draw out refrigerant refrigerant.
Finish refrigerant replenishment.
Adjustment finished.
Caution :
• Do not let the drained out refrigerant escape to the outside atmosphere.
• Always be sure to charge with refrigerant from the liquid phase side. (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B)
–83–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
Flow Chart (When a high pressure cannot be maintained at 14 kg/cm2G (1.37MPa) in the intermediate period)
Start adjustment.
YES
Run all the indoor units in the cooling
condition in the trial operation mode.
Is the liquid level in the
accumulator 0 or 16 or more
minutes after starting?
Is TH1
115°C?
NO
Drain out small amounts of
refrigerant at a time from the
low pressure service port.
Charge with small amounts of
refrigerant at a time through
the low pressure service port.
Has the power
been switched on for 2 hours
or longer, or has the compressor run
continuously for 30 minutes or longer
since the power was switched on,
and has the frequency
stabilized?
Run for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant,
then judge.
Run for 5 minutes after
adjusting the refrigerant,
then judge Tc - TH5.
Is 7(5) Tc-TH5
12(10) deg.?
Charge with small amounts of
refrigerant at a time through
the low pressure service port.
Is Tc-TH7 17(15)
deg.?
Is Tc-TH7 < 7(5) deg.?
Run for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant, then judge.
Charge with small amounts of
refrigerant at a time through
the low pressure service port.
Is TH1
Charge with small
amounts of refrigerant at
a time through the low
pressure service port.
110°C?
Drain out small amounts
of refrigerant at a time
from the low pressure
service port.
Adjustment completed.
Note: • Do not let the drained out
refrigerant escape to the
outside atmosphere.
• ( ) is for PU(H)Y200·250YMF-B
Caution: (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B)
Always be sure to charge with refrigerant from the liquid phase side.
–84–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
(4) Refrigerant adjustment in heating season
Start
Adjustment
1
YES
Run all the indoor units in the heating condition in the trial operation
mode.
NO
Note 1
2
3
Note 3
Note 2
4
Has the operating
condition stabilized?
Is the accumulator’s
liquid level AL = 1?
Note 3
5
Is the accumulator’s
liquid level AL = 0?
Note 4
Is the accumulator’s
liquid level AL=0 when just one indoor
unit is running.
7
6
Charge with small amounts of refrigerant at a time through the low
pressure service port.
F
Charge with small amounts of refrigerant at a time from the low
pressure service port.
After adjusting the refrigerant volume, run for 5 minutes and judge the AL.
8
Did the liquid level
change from AL = 0
to AL = 1?
0
9
Drain out small amount of refrigerant at a time from the low pressure service port.
G
Did the liquid level
change from AL = 2
to AL = 1?
Did the liquid level
change from AL = 1
to AL = 0?
A
Finish charging with refrigerant.
Adjustment is
not necessary.
H
Finish draining out refrigerant.
Finish draining out refrigerant.
B
I
Determine the difference between
the volume of refrigerant needed for
heating and the volume needed for
cooling and charge with that amount.
Draining out approximately 5 kg of
refrigerant.
C
Adjustment
completed.
Turn on switches No. 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6
of the self-diagnosis switch (SW1),
switching to the mode in which the
liquid level is displayed by the LED.
*
D
Is the accumulator’s
liquid level AL = 1?
If adjustment of the refrigerant volume was done by heating
operation, it is possible that accumulation of refrigerant due to the
lengthened piping could have a great influence, so it is recommended that operation be checked during the cooling season.
Note:
E
Turn all of switches of
SW1 OFF.
Do not let the drained out refrigerant escape to the outside
atmosphere.
Readjust.
Caution: (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B)
Always be sure to charge with refrigerant from the
liquid phase side.
Adjustment
completed.
–85–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
If there are any units which are not operating, it will cause refrigerant to accumulate, so by all means operate all
the indoor units. Also, in order to prevent stable operation from being disrupted by the thermostat going OFF, set
the trial operation mode.
If the high pressure is stabilized, it is safe to judge that the operation condition is stable.
Judge that operation is stabilized or not stabilized by whether the compressor starts after 3 or more minutes
have passed.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
When turning on SW1 to ON
, the LED will display the liquid level.
If AL = 1, it indicates basically that adjustment is not necessary, but when the liquid level is on the low side even
if it is in the AL = 1 region, if one unit only is run and refrigerant is accumulating in the units that are stopped, it
may result in there being insufficient refrigerant, so at such a time, adjustment is necessary.
Determine the difference in the volume of refrigerant necessary for cooling and for heating as follows, and carry
out supplementary charging in accordance with the table below.
* The piping length is the total pipe length calculated for a liquid pipe with a ø12.7 size.
Pipe Length
Additional Refrigerant
Volume
60 m or less
60~90 m
90 m or longer
If the liquid pipe size is ø9.52, the actual length is 0.50
8 kg
10 kg
12 kg
If the liquid pipe size is ø6.35, the actual length is 0.2
• PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Note 6
Note 7
ON
When turning on SW1 to
, the LED will display the liquid level.
If the adjustment in items 6~A is sure, AL will not become AL = 2 even if the MAX refrigerant volume is
charged. Therefore, in the case of AL = 2, it can be judged that there was overcharging in items 6 and 8, or
that there was a mistake in the calculations in B.
–86–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
(5) Refrigerant Amount Adjustment Mode Operations (PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B)
1) Procedure
Follow the procedure shown below when needs to additionally replenish or discharge refrigerant arises depending
on operation status.
When turning on function select switch (SW2-4) on outdoor unit control circuit board, mode is changed to
refrigerant amount adjustment mode followed by the operations shown in the table below.
1
During cooling-only operations only, LEV3of BC controller is set at fixed opening, with outdoor
unit heat exchanger fully operated (SV3-5 open, SV6 close).
2
During heating-only operations (or cooling/heating mixed operations), normal operation is
observed.
Operations
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
In addition when setting selfdiagnosis switch (SW1) on control circuit board of outdoor unit to
liquid level of accumulator is shown by position of LED light-up.
ON
When LED1 lights up → AL = 0 (No liquid in accumulator)
When LED2 lights up → AL = 1 (Liquid in accumulator)
When LED3 lights up → AL = 2 (Overcharge)
Note 1:
Though AL=1 is shown for a while after starting operations in refrigerant amount adjustment mode, it sometimes changes to AL=0 as time goes by (when refrigerant system becomes stable).
1 In the case of genuine AL=1
In case AL=1, subcool of BC controller is 5 degrees or more, and SH of all indoor units are within 5-9
degrees.
2 In case the present AL=1 status will possibly change to AL=0
In case subcool of BC controller is 5 degrees or less, or SH of at least one indoor units 5 degrees or less.
2: Refrigerant amount adjustment in cooling mode can not be performed when high pressure is 14kg/cm2G
(1.37MPa) or more. In this case, perform the adjustment in heating mode.
Countermeasure
A
In the case of cooling-only operations in refrigerant amount adjustment mode, if the above 2
is applicable, judge accumulator level (AL) after subcool of BC controller reaches 5 deg or
more, and SH of all indoor units becomes 5~7 degrees.
B
Monitor subcool of BC controller at LED light-up position, by turning on selfdiagnosis switch
of outdoor unit (SW1-1, 2, 4, 8)
C
Monitor SH of indoor unit at LED light-up position, by turning on No. 1 unit SW1 -5, 6, 8
No. 2 unit SW1 -1, 5, 6, 7 and No. 3 unit SW1 -2, 5, 6, 8 No. 4 Unit SW1 -1, 2, 5, 6, 8
No. 5 unit SW1 -3, 5, 6, 8 No. 6 unit SW1 -1, 3, 5, 6, 8, No. 7 unit SW1 -1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8,
No. 8 unit SW1 -4, 5, 6, 8 No. 9 unit SW1 -1, 4, 5, 6, 8, No. 10 unit SW1 -2, 4, 5, 6, and 8.
–87–
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
2) Refrigerant adjustment in cooling season
1 Flow chart
Adjustment start
YES
NO
Cooling operations of all indoor units
in test run mode.
After compressor start, turn on
refrigerant amount adjustment switch
(SW2-4) of outdoor unit.
*
Valid for only 2 hours in the test run mode. All work must therefore be carried out
within 2 hours. Select the test run mode again if more than 2 hours is required.
*
The coolant volume adjustment mode extends for 2 hours after SW2-4 is set to ON.
All work must therefore be carried out within 2 hours. Switch SW2-4 OFF → ON if
more than 2 hours is required.
Operations status
stabilized?
Liquid level of accumulator
indicates AL=0?
Recover refrigerant little by little from
low pressure service port.
Charge refrigerant from low pressure
service port little by little.
Liquid level changed from
AL=1 to AL=0?
Liquid level changed from
AL=0 to AL=1?
Finish refrigerant purge.
Finish refrigerant.
Calculate adjustment (Wkg) as shown
in separate table.
Parameter:
frequency, low pressure, piping
length, outdoor unit capacity
Adjustment (W) minus?
Replenish ajustment of refrigerant from
low pressure service port.
Recover adjustment to refrigerant from
High pressure Ball valve (BV2) service
port by setting refrigerant recovering
time as a standard.
Turn off refrigerant amount adjustment
switch (SW2-4)
Adjustment finished.
–88–
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
2 Additional replenishment amount and discharge amount of refrigerant
Table-1 PURY-(P)250YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or more and displayed compressor frequency is 94Hz or less)
Compressor frequency (Hz)
Adjustment
63~69
70~76
77~83
84~94
+4
+3
+2
+1
W(kg)
Table-2 PURY-(P)250YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or more and displayed compressor frequency is 95Hz)
Low pressure (kg/cm2G) (MPa)
Adjustment
3.8~4.5
(0.37~0.44)
4.5~5.0
(0.44~0.49)
5.0~5.5
(0.49~0.54)
5.5 or more
(0.54)
0
–1
–2
-3
W(kg)
Table-3 PURY-(P)250YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or less and displayed frequency is 94Hz or less)
Compressor
frequency (Hz)
Extended piping
length (m) (Ø19.05)
42~48
49~55
56~62
63~69
70~76
10m or less
10~50m
+9
+7
+5
+3
+1
50m or more
77~83
84~94
0
0
–1
–2
–1
–5
Table-4 PURY-(P)250YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or less and displayed compressor frequency is 95Hz)
Low pressure
(kg/cm2G) (MPa)
3.8~4.5
(0.37~0.44)
4.5 or more
(0.44)
10m or less
0
0
10~50m
–3
–4
50m or more
–9
–11
Extended piping
length (m) (Ø19.05)
Table-5 PURY-(P)200YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or more and displayed compressor frequency is 74Hz or less)
Compressor frequency
Adjustment
(Hz)
W(kg)
55~60
61~66
67~74
+13
+11
+9
Table-6 PURY-(P)200YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or more and displayed compressor frequency is 75Hz)
Low pressure (kg/cm2G) (MPa)
Adjustment
W(kg)
3.8~4.5
(0.37~0.44)
4.5~5.0
(0.44~0.49)
5.0~5.5
(0.49~0.54)
5.5~6.0
(0.54~0.59)
6.0 or more
(0.59)
+7
+5
+3
+2
+1
Table-7 PURY-(P)200YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or less and displayed compressor frequency is 74Hz or less)
Compressor frequency
Adjustment
(Hz)
W(kg)
39~43
44~49
50~54
55~60
61~66
67~74
+13
+12
+11
+10
+9
+8
Table-8 PURY-(P)200YMF-B (In case total capacity code is 40 or less and displayed compressor frequency is 75Hz)
Low pressure (kg/cm2G) (MPa)
Adjustment
W(kg)
3.8~4.5
4.5~5.0
(0.37~0.44) (0.44~0.49)
+6
5.0~5.5
(0.49~0.54)
5.5 or more
(0.54)
+3
+2
+5
Note: Check displayed frequency with LED by setting selfdiagnosis switch (SW1) to
–89–
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
3 Time required for recovering refrigerant from low pressure service port (minute)
Low pressure
(kg/cm2G) (MPa)
3.5~4.5
(0.34~0.44)
4.5~5.5
(0.44~0.54)
5.5 ~ 7.5
(0.54~0.74)
1
4.0
3.5
3.5
2
8.0
7.0
6.5
3
12.0
10.5
10.0
4
16.0
14.0
13.0
5
20.0
18.0
16.5
6
24.0
21.5
19.5
7
28.0
25.0
23.0
8
32.0
28.5
26.0
9
36.0
32.0
29.5
10
40.0
35.5
32.5
11
44.0
39.0
36.0
Refrigerant amount
to be drawn out (kg)
4 Additional evacuation, refrigerant replacement, and refrigerant replacement
R2 series has unique refrigerant circuit structure which makes possible 2-pipe cooling-heating simultaneous
operations. Therefore, in the case of total replacement or replenishment of refrigerant in this system, the following
evacuation and refrigerant replenishment procedures are required.
1 Perform evacuation by connecting to system analyzer joint of service port of high pressure ball valve and high
pressure charge plug, and joint of service port of low pressure ball valve and low pressure charge plug.
2 Perform refrigerant charge from low pressure circuit only, after finishing evacuation, closing vacuum pump valve,
shutting off high pressure circuit of system analyzer, and opening valve of refrigerant cylinder.
(In case service port of ball valve and charge plug can not be jointed as shown in the figure, use two vacuum
pumps and evacuate high pressure side and low pressure side circuits separately.)
Note 1: Though refrigerant gas itself is harmless, airtight room should be opened before gas release for preventing
oxygen shortage.
2: When releasing gas, use blotting paper, etc. so that oil spouted with the gas does not spread out.
D
E
LO
F
K
J
HI
L
N
M
A
S
O
T
P
R
C
B
G
Q
P-YMF-B
H
R
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Ball valve of the high pressure side
Service port
Ball valve of the low pressure side
Charge plug
High pressure
Low pressure
Evacuation
Evacuation
Replenish of refrigerant
System analyzer
Lo knob
Hi knob
3-way joint
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
–90–
Valve
Valve
Flon 22 cylinder
R407C cylinder
Scale
Vacuum pump
P-YMF-B : Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow
check valve
A high-precision gravimeter measurable up to 0.1kg
should be used. If you are unable to prepare such a
high-precision gravimeter, you may use a charge
cylinder.
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
3) Refrigerant adjustment in heating season
1 Flow chart
YES
Adjustment start
NO
Heating operations of all indoor
units in test run mode.
*
Valid for only 2 hours in the test run mode. All work must therefore be carried out within 2
hours. Select the test run mode again if more than 2 hours is required.
Note 1
After compressor start, turn on
refrigerant amount adjustment
switch (SW2-4) of outdoor unit
multi board.
*
The coolant volume adjustment mode extends for 2 hours after SW2-4 is set to ON. All work
must therefore be carried out within 2 hours. Switch SW2-4 OFF → ON if more than 2 hours is
required.
Note 2
Operations stabilized?
Liquid level of
accumulator
indicates AL=0?
Note 3
Liquid level of
accumulator indicates
AL=1?
Note 3
Refrigerant
insufficient for one
unit operations?
Note 5
Charge refrigerant little by little
from low pressure service port.
Note 4
Adjustment not
required.
Note 5
Note 5
Charge refrigerant little by little
from low pressure service port.
Liquid level
changed from AL=0
to AL=1?
Liquid level
changed from AL=1
to AL=0?
Recover refrigerant little by little
from low pressure Ball valve
(BV1) service port.
Liquid level
changed from AL=1
to AL=0?
Finish refrigerant.
Finish refrigerant.
Suspend refrigerant purge.
Note 6
Calculate difference (W)
between refrigerant amounts
required for heating and
cooling, and replenish the
calculated refrigerant amount.
Note 8
Recover about 2kg refrigerant
by setting refrigerant recover
time as a standard.
Turn off refrigerant amount
adjustment switch (SW2-4), and
perform normal operations for
about 15-minute.
Turn off refrigerant amount
adjustment switch (SW2-4).
Adjustment
finished
Turn on No. 7 selfdiagnosis
switch (SW1) so as to be in LED
liquid level display mode.
Liquid level of
accumulator indicates
AL=1?
Turn off all SW1
Re-adjustment
Adjustment finished
–91–
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
Note :
1. Be sure to operate all indoor units because refrigerant is accumulated in stopped unit. Change mode to test run
mode for preventing stabilized operations from being disturbed by turning thermostat.
2. • Judge operation status as “stable” when high pressure is stabilized.
• Judge “stable” or “unstable” 3 minutes after starting compressor.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3. When turning on SW1 to ON
, LED displays liquid level as follows.
When LED 1 lights up
When LED 2 lights up
When LED 3 lights up
→
→
→
AL=0
AL=1
AL=2
4. In the case of AL=1, adjustment is not required in principle. However, if liquid level is on the lower side, adjustment
is required for fear of refrigerant shortage because refrigerant is accumulated in stopped unit at the time on oneunit operations.
5. Calculate difference of required refrigerant amounts between cooling and heating operations.
1 In case refrigerant piping length is roughly known
Replenish refrigerant observing the table below.
The total. length is that converted to ø19.05 liquid pipe size.
High pressure
(kg/cm2G) (MPa)
Piping length (m)
15 or less 15~17
17 or more
(1.47) (1.47~1.67)
(1.67)
60m or less
10kg
5kg
2kg
60~90m
11kg
6kg
3kg
90m or more
12kg
7kg
4kg
Liquid pipe size ø12.7
Liquid pipe size ø9.52
Liquid pipe size ø6.35
→
→
→
Actual length × 0.75
Actual length × 0.375
Actual length × 0.15
2 In case refrigerant piping length is not known
Additionally charge 10kg refrigerant.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
6. When turning on SW, LED shows liquid level displayed mode.
When LED 1 lights up
→
AL=0
When LED 2 lights up
→
AL=1
When LED 3 lights up
→
AL=2
ON
7. When 7~B adjustments has been done without fail, AL=2 is not indicated even though maximum amount of
refrigerant is charged at C. Therefore, when AL=2 is displayed, excessive replenishment at 7 and 9, or calculation mistaken in C are judged as the cause.
–92–
7 TROUBLESHOOTING
[1] Principal Parts
Pressure Sensor
(1) Judging Failure
1) Check for failure by comparing the sensing pressure according to the high pressure/low pressure pressure sensor
and the pressure gauge pressure.
Turn on switches 1, 3, 5, 6 (High) and 2, 4, 5, 6 (Low) of the digital display select switch (SW1) as shown below, and
the sensor pressure of the high pressure/low pressure sensors is displayed digitally by the light emitting diode LD1.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
High Pressure
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Low Pressure
ON
1
In the stopped condition, compare the pressure readings from the gauge and from the LD1 display.
(a) If the gauge pressure is 0~1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), the internal pressure is dropping due to gas leakage.
(b) If the pressure according to the LD1 display is 0~1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), there is faulty contact at the connector, or it is disconnected. Proceed to 4.
(c) If the pressure according to the LD1 display is 32 kg/cm2G (3.14MPa) or higher, proceed to 3.
(d) If other than (a), (b) or (c), compare the pressure readings during operation. Proceed to 2.
2
Compare the pressure readings from the gauge and from the LD1 display while in the running condition.
(a) If the difference between the two pressures is within 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), both the affected pressure sensor
and the main MAIN board are normal.
(b) If the difference between the two pressures exceeds 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), the affected pressure sensor is
faulty (deteriorating performance).
(c) If the pressure reading in the LD1 display does not change, the affected pressure sensor is faulty.
3
Disconnect the pressure sensor from the MAIN board and check the pressure according to the LD1 display.
(a) If the pressure is 0~1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa) on the LD1 display, the affected pressure sensor is faulty.
(b) If the pressure is 32 kg/cm2G (3.14MPa) (in the case of the low pressure sensor, 10 kg/cm2G (0.98MPa)) or
higher, the MAIN board is faulty.
4
Disconnect the pressure sensor from the MAIN board and short out the No. 2 and No. 3 pins of the connector
(63HS, 63LS), then check the pressure by the LD1 display.
(a) If the pressure according to the LD1 display is 32 kg/cm2G (3.14MPa) (in the case of the low pressure sensor,
10 kg/cm2G (0.98MPa)) or higher, the affected pressure sensor is faulty.
(b) If other than (a), the MAIN board is faulty.
2) Pressure sensor configuration.
The pressure sensors are configured in the circuit shown in the figure at right. If DC 5 V is applied between the red
and black wires, a voltage corresponding to the voltage between the white and black wires is output and this voltage
is picked up by the microcomputer. Output voltages are as shown below.
High Pressure
Low Pressure
0.1 V per 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa)
0.3 V per 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa)
63HS/
63LS
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
Connector
GND (Black)
Vout (White)
Vcc (DC5V) (Red)
–93–
* Connector connection specifications on the pressure sensor body side.
The connector’s pin numbers on the pressure sensor body side differ from the pin numbers on the main circuit board
side.
Sensor Body Side
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Vcc
Vout
GND
MAIN Board Side
Pin 3
Pin 2
Pin 1
Solenoid Valve (SV1, SV2) (PU(H)Y-(P)200, 250YMF-B)
Check if the control board’s output signals and the operation of the solenoid valves match.
Setting the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) as shown in the figure below causes the ON signal of each relay to be output to
the LED’s.
Each LED shows whether the relays for the following parts are ON or OFF. When a LED lights up, it indicates that the
relay is ON.
SW1
LED
1
2
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
4
5
SV1
SV2
6
7
8
1) In the case of SV1 (Bypass Valve)
(a) When the compressor starts, SV1 is ON for 4 minutes, so check operation by whether the solenoid valve is
emitting an operating noise.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
2) In the case of SV2 (Bypass)
(a) SV2 goes ON in accordance with the rise in the high pressure in the cooling mode and heating mode, so check
its operation by the LED display and the operating noise emitted by the solenoid valve.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
–94–
Solenoid Valve (SV1~6) (PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B)
Check if the control board’s output signals and the operation of the solenoid valves match.
Setting the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) as shown in the figure below causes the ON signal of each relay to be output to
the LED’s.
Each LED shows whether the relays for the following parts are ON or OFF. When a LED lights up, it indicates that the
relay is ON.
SW1
LED
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
5
6
7
SV3
SV4
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
SV5
SV6
1) In the case of SV1 (Bypass Valve)
(a) When the compressor starts, SV1 is ON for 4 minutes, so check operation by whether the solenoid valve is
emitting an operating noise.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
2) In the case of SV2 (Bypass)
(a) SV2 goes ON in accordance with the rise in the high pressure in the cooling mode and heating mode, so check
its operation by the LED display and the operating noise emitted by the solenoid valve.
(Conditions during operation: See Control of Outdoor Unit.)
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
3) SV3 ~ 6 (Control of heat exchanger capacity)
(a) Operations can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because one or more of
SV3 ~5 are turned on depending on conditions during cooling-only operations.
(b) Operation can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because all of SV3 ~ 5 are
turned on during heating-only operations.
(c) Operations can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because one or more of
SV3 ~6 are turned on depending on conditions during cooling-principal and heating-principal operations.
–95–
(d) The refrigerant flow is as following figure. Hot gas (high pressured) flows in cooling mode and cool gas/liquid
(low pressured) flows in heating mode. Please refer to the Refrigerant Circuit Diagram.
And, ON/OFF of Solenoid valve is depends on the amount of running indoor units, ambient temperature and so
on. So please check by LED Monitor Display.
The SV coil is taken off, then it is possible to open caps and check plungers. But the special tool which is on the
Service Parts List is needed.
* Closed torque : 13kg·m (1.3N·m)
–96–
Outdoor LEV
The valve opening angle changes in proportion to the number of pulses.
(Connections between the outdoor unit’s MAIN board and SLEV, LEV1 (PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B))
Pulse Signal Output and Valve Operation
Output states
Output (phase)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ø1
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ø2
ON
ON
ø3
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
ø4
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF
Output pulses change in the following orders when the
Valve is Closed
1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→1
Valve is Open
8→7→6→5→4→3→2→1→8
* 1. When the LEV opening angle does not change, all the
output phases are off.
2. When the output is out of phase or remains ON
continuously, the motor cannot run smoothly, but move
jerkily and vibrates.
Valve Opening Angle (Flow Rate)
LEV Valve Closing and Valve Opening Operations
*
When the power is switched ON, a 520 pulse valve
opening signal is output to make sure the valve’s
position, so that it is definitely at point A. (The pulse
signal is output for approximately 17 seconds.)
*
When the valve operates smoothly, there is no sound
from the LEV and no vibration occurs, but when the
valve is locked, it emits a noise.
*
Whether a sound is being emitted or not can be
determined by holding a screwdriver, etc. against it,
then placing your ear against the handle.
*
If there is liquid refrigerant inside the LEV, the sound
may become lower.
Valve Closing
Valve Opening
Fully Open
480 pulses
Pulse Count
–97–
Judgment Methods and Likely Failure Mode
Caution:
The specifications of the outdoor unit (outdoor LEV) and outdoor units (indoor LEV) differ. For this reason, there are
cases where the treatment contents differ, so follow the treatment specified for the appropriate LEV as indicated in
the right column.
Failure Mode
Microcomputer
Driver Circuit
Failure
Judgment Method
Treatment
1 Disconnect the control board connector and connect
the check LED as shown in the figure below.
In the case of driver circuit
failure, replace the indoor unit’s
control board.
Affected LEV
Indoor
When the base power supply is turned on, the indoor LEV
outputs pulse signals for 10 seconds.
If the LED does not light up, or lights up and remains on,
the driver circuit is abnormal.
LEV mechanism
is locked.
1 If the LEV is locked up, the drive motor turns with no
load and a small clicking sound is generated.
Generation of this sound when the LEV is fully closed
or fully open is abnormal.
Replace the LEV.
The LEV motor
Measure the resistance between the coils (red - white, red Replace the LEV coils.
coils have a
- orange, brown - yellow, brown - blue) using a tester. They
disconnected wire are normal if the resistance is within 150Ω ± 10%.
or is shorted.
Replace the LEV coils.
Measure the resistance between the coils (gray - orange,
gray - red, gray - yellow, gray - black) using a tester. They
are normal if the resistance is within 46Ω ± 3%.
Fully Closed
Failure (valve
leaks)
1 If you are checking the indoor unit’s LEV, operate the
indoor unit’s blower and the other indoor units in the
cooling mode, then check the piping temperatures
(liquid pipe temperatures) of the indoor units by the
operation monitor through the outdoor unit’s control
board. When the fan is running, the linear expansion
valve is fully closed, so if there is leakage, the
temperature sensed by the thermistor (liquid pipe
temperature sensor) will become low. If the temperature is considerably low compared
Thermistor
to the remote control’s intake
liquid pipe
temperature display, it can be
(temperajudged that there is a fully closed
ture sensor)
failure. In the case of minimal
Linear
leakage, it is not necessary to
Expansion
replace the LEV if there are no
Valve
other effects.
If there is a large amount of
leakage, replace the LEV.
Faulty wire
connections in
the connector or
faulty contact.
1 Check for pins not fully inserted on the connector and
check the colors of the lead wires visually.
2 Disconnect the control board’s connector and conduct
a continuity check using a tester.
Check the continuity at the
places where trouble is found.
–98–
Indoor
Outdoor
Indoor
Outdoor
Indoor
Indoor
Outdoor
Outdoor LEV (SLEV) Coil Removal Procedure (configuration)
As shown in the figure, the outdoor LEV is made in such a way that the coils and the body can be separated.
Coils
Body
Stopper
Indentation for
Stopper
(12 places around
the circumference)
Lead Wires
<Removing the Coils>
Fasten the body tightly at the bottom (Part A in the figure) so
that the body will not move, then pull out the coils toward the
top. If they catch on the stopper and are difficult to take out,
turn the coils left and right until the stoppers are free from the
stopper indentations, then pull the coils out.
If you take out the coils only without gripping the body, undue
force will be applied to the piping and the pipe may be bent
over, so be sure to fasten the body in such a way that it will not
move.
Part A
<Installing the Coils>
Fasten the body tightly at the bottom (Part A in the figure) so
that the body will not move, then insert the coils from the top,
inserting the coils’ stopper securely in one of the indentations
on the body. (There are four indentations for the stopper on
the body around its circumference, and it doesn’t matter which
indentation is used. However, be careful not to apply undue
force to the lead wires or twist them around inside the body.) If
the coils are inserted without gripping the body, it may exert
undue force on the piping, causing it to become bent, so be
sure to hold the body firmly so that it won’t move when installing the coils.
Part A
–99–
Check Valves Block (PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B)
The refrigerant flow in the pipe 6, 7, 8 and 9 are depend on ON/OFF of the SV3, 4, 5 and 6.
Please confirm by LED monitor display.
You can open the cap of valve A, B and C, but 3 types of hexagon socket screw keys. The size is as follows.
* Closed torque : A : 1.7kg·m (0.17N·m)
B : 20kg·m (2.0N·m)
C : 13kg·m (1.3N·m)
–100–
Power transistor
Measure resistances between each terminal of transistor module with tester, and use the results for troubleshooting.
Specified resistance value is dependent on tester type to be used for resistance measurement, because diode
transistor has non-linearity, thus difference of impedance and voltage in tester being influential. As the internal
impedance of resistance range of analog tester equals to the center value of meter indication, the affect of internal
impedance can be minimized if the tester having close center value of resistance range. Because internal voltage is
normally 1.5V, the tester to be used for troubleshooting of transistor module should satisfy the following conditions.
Internal voltage
1.5V (Power source : one dry cell battery)
Central value of resistance range
10 ~ 40Ω
The measured values for troubleshooting are shown in the table below.
(Use the minimum range for tester resistance range.)
C1
C
B1
Transistor module has 6
circuits shown in the left.
(See figure below)
B
E1
C2,E1
E
B2
Tester ⊕
C
Tester C
E2
E2
B
E
∞
∞
B
2~100Ω
100~1500Ω
E
2~100Ω 100~1500Ω
Diode stack
Perform continuity check with tester. Judged as normal if the following characteristics are observed.
(Use the minimum range for tester resistance range.)
Tester ⊕
Tester 1
+
–
10~50Ω
∞
2
10~50Ω
∞
3
10~50Ω
∞
+
–
1
∞
10~50Ω
2
∞
10~50Ω
3
∞
10~50Ω
Tester 1
2
Tester ⊕
3
+
1
2
3
–
–101–
Thyristor module (SCRM)
<Judgment Method> Measure the resistance between each of the SCRM pins and judge if there is a failure or not by
the resulting values.
<Judgment Values 1> Check between G and K.
Use the smallest resistance range on the tester.
Judgment Value:
1.5Ω ~ 80Ω
<Judgment Values 2> Check between AK1 and AK2.
Use the greatest resistance range on the tester.
Judgment Value:
60kΩ ~ ∞Ω
<External View>
AK1
AK1
AK1
K
G
K
G
K
G
G
K
G
K
G
K
AK2
AK2
AK2
<Internal Circuit Diagrams>
AK1
AK1
K
AK1
K
K
G
G
G
G
G
K
AK2
G
K
AK2
–102–
K
AK2
(5) Trouble and remedy of remote controller
Symptom
1
Despite pressing of
remote controller
switch, operation
does not start with
no electronic sound.
(No powering signal
appears.)
2
At about 10 seconds
after turning remote
controller operation
switch ON, the
display distinguishes
and the operation
stops.
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1) M-NET transmission power source is not supplied
a) Check transmission terminal block of
from outdoor unit.
remote controller for voltage.
1 Main power source of outdoor unit is not
i) In case of 17 ~ 30V
connected.
→ Faulty network remote controller
2 Slipping off of connector on outdoor unit circuit
ii) In case of less than 17V
board.
→ See “Transmission Power Circuit
Main board : CNS1, CNVCC3
(30V) Check Procedure”.
INV board
: CNAC2, CNVCC1, CNL2
3 Faulty power source circuit of outdoor unit.
• Faulty INV board,
• Blown fuse (F1 on INV board)
• Broken diode stack
• Broken resistor (R1) for rush current protection
The cause of 2) and 3) is
2) Short circuit of transmission line.
displayed with self-diagnosis
3) Erroneous wiring of M-NET transmission line at outdoor unit.
LED for 7102 error.
1 Transmission line disconnection or slipping off from terminal
block.
2 Erroneous connection of indoor/outdoor transmission line to
TB7.
4) Slipping off of transmission wiring at remote controller.
5) Faulty remote controller.
1) Power source is not fed to indoor unit from transformer.
1 Main power source of indoor unit is not turned on.
2 Slipping off of connector (CND, CNT, CN3T) on indoor controller board.
3 Blown fuse on indoor controller board.
4 Faulty or disconnected transformer of indoor unit.
5 Faulty indoor controller board.
2) Faulty outdoor control circuit board or being out of control.
As normal transmission is failed between indoor and outdoor units, outdoor unit model can not be
recognized.
Checking method & countermeasure
Check indoor unit
power source terminal
block voltage
Check indoor LED3
AC 220~240V?
Lighting?
Lighting
Extinguishing or
unable to confirm
NO
Check main power source
of power source wiring.
YES
Check 220V~240V
circuit for short circuit
and ground fault.
YES
Improper connector
connection
Apply power
source again.
YES
Check fuse on circuit
board
Blown?
NO
Check connector slipping
off (CND, CNT, CN3T)
Slipped off?
NO
Check transformer
resistance value
*1
NO
Within rated?
YES
Check for the change of LED
display by operating dip switch
SW1 for self-diagnosis.
Check cause of transformer disconnection.
•Ground fault on circuit
board
•Ground fault on
sensor, LEV
Check self-diagnosis
function of outdoor unit
NO
Changed?
Check self-diagnosis function after powering outdoor unit again.
Changed?
YES
YES
Faulty indoor
controller board
Casual
trouble
NO
Faulty outdoor unit
control circuit board
Repair
faulty point.
*1 Check the transformer in accordance with the “TROUBLE SHOOTING” in the indoor unit’s service handbook.
–103–
3
Symptom
Cause
“HO” display on remote controller does
not disappear and
switch is ineffective.
(Without using MELANS)
1) Outdoor unit address is set to “000.”
2) Erroneous address.
1 Address setting miss of indoor unit to be coupled with remote controller.
(Indoor unit = remote controller - 100.)
2 Address setting miss of remote controller.
(Remote controller = indoor unit + 100.)
3) Faulty wiring of transmission terminal block TB5 of indoor unit in the same group with remote
controller.
4) Centralized control SW2-1 of outdoor unit is turned ON.
5) Setting to interlocking system from indoor unit (Switch 3-1 = OFF), while Fresh Master is intended to
use by remote controller operation (indoor unit attribute).
6) Disconnection or faulty wiring of indoor unit transmission line.
7) Disconnection between indoor unit M-NET transmission line terminal block (TB5) and connector
CN2M.
8) More than 2 sets of power supply connector (CN40) are inserted into centralized control transmission line of outdoor unit.
9) Faulty outdoor unit control circuit board.
10)Faulty indoor controller board.
11)Faulty remote controller.
(Interlocking control with MELANS)
12)No grouping registration from MELANS (Neglecting to set the relation between indoor unit and
network remote controller).
13)Slipping off of centralized control transmission line (TB7) at outdoor unit.
14)At system connected with MELANS, power supply connector (CN40) is inserted to centralized
control transmission line of outdoor unit.
Checking method & countermeasure
In case no MELANS used
Same symptom for all
units in a single refrigerant system?
NO
Confirm address of remote
controller with “HO” displayed
YES
Check outdoor unit
address
51 ~ 100?
NO
Address setting
miss of remote
controller
Outdoor unit
address setting miss
Indoor unit + 100?
YES
Check address of
coupling indoor unit
Check centralized
control switch SW2-1 at
outdoor unit
ON?
NO
YES
Indoor address
setting miss
Switch setting
miss
Make it ON
→ OFF
Remote controller
-100?
YES
Check voltage of indoor unit MNET transmission terminal block
Faulty outdoor unit
control circuit board
Transmission line
wiring miss of indoor unit M-NET
17 ~ 30V?
YES
Check connection between indoor unit M-NET transmission terminal block (TB5) and connector CN2M
Slipping off of
CN2M
connector
YES
Slipping off?
NO
Check Fresh Master SW3-1
Setting miss of
Fresh Master
SW3-1
NO
ON?
YES
Faulty indoor controller board
or remote controller
Repair spot
in trouble
In case with MELANS used
When MELANS is used, “HO” display on the remote controller will disappear at the group registration of the indoor unit and local
remote controller.
If “HO” does not disappear after the registration, check the items 12) ~ 14) in the Cause column.
–104–
4
Symptom
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
“88” appears on remote controller at the
registration and
access remote
controller
[Generates at registration and confirmation]
1) Erroneous address of unit to be coupled.
2) Slipping off of transmission line of unit to be coupled
(No connection).
3) Faulty circuit board of unit to be coupled.
4) Installation miss of transmission line.
a) Confirm the address of unit to be
coupled.
b) Check the connection of transmission
line.
c) Check the transmission terminal block
voltage of unit to be coupled.
i) Normal if voltage is DC17 ~ 30V
ii) Check the item d) in case other than i).
[Confirmation of different refrigerant system controller]
5) Breaking of power source of outdoor unit to be
confirmed.
6) Slipping off of centralized control transmission line
(TB7) of outdoor unit.
7) Power supply connector (CN40) is not inserted into
centralized control transmission line in grouping
with different refrigerant system without using
MELANS.
8) More than 2 sets of power supply connector are
inserted into the centralized control transmission line
of outdoor unit.
9) In the system connected with MELANS, power
supply connector (CN40) is inserted into the
centralized control transmission line of outdoor unit.
10)Short circuit of centralized control transmission line.
d) Confirm the power source of outdoor unit
to be coupled with the unit to be
confirmed.
e) Confirm that the centralized control
transmission line (TB7) of outdoor unit is
not slipped off.
f) Confirm the voltage of centralized control
transmission line.
i) Normal in case of 10V ~ 30V
ii) Check the items 7) ~ 10) left in case
that other than i).
–105–
Transmission Power Circuit (30 V) Check Procedure
If “ ” is not displayed by the remote control, investigate the points of the trouble by the following procedure and correct it.
No.
Check Item
1
Disconnect the transmission line from TB3
and check the TB3 voltage.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Judgment
Response
DC24~30 V
Check the transmission line for the following, and
correct any defects.
Broken wire, short circuit, grounding, faulty
contact.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 2
Check if the following connectors are
disconnected in the outdoor unit’s control
box.
MAIN Board: CNS1, CNVCC3
INV Board: CNVCC1, CNL2, CNR,
CNAC2
Connector disconnected
Connect the connectors as shown on the electric
wiring diagram plate.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 3
Disconnect the wires from CNVCC3 on the
Main board and check the voltage between
pins 1 and 3 on the wire side of the
CNVCC3.
Tester + ..... 1 pin
Tester - ..... 3 pin
DC24~30 V
Check the wiring between CNS1 and TB3 for the
following, and correct any defects.
Broken wire, short circuit, grounding, faulty
contact.
If there is no trouble, replace the Main board.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 4
DC24~30 V
Check the wiring between CNVCC2 and
CNVCC3 for the following, and correct any
defects.
Broken wire, short circuit, grounding, faulty
contact.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 5
Disconnect the wiring from CNL2 on the
INV board, and check the resistance at
both ends of choke coil L2.
0.5~2.5Ω
to No. 6
Except the above-mentioned
Replace choke coil L2.
Disconnect the wiring from CNR on the INV
board, and check the resistance at both
ends of R7.
19~25Ω
to No. 7
Except the above-mentioned
Replace R7.
Check the resistance at both ends of F01
on the INV board.
0Ω
to No. 8
Except the above-mentioned
Replace F01
AC198~264 V
Replace the INV board.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 9
AC198~264 V
Check the wiring to CNAC2 for the following and
correct any defects.
Broken wire, faulty contact.
Except the above-mentioned
Check the power supply wiring and base power
supply, and correct any defects.
Disconnect the wiring from CNVCC2 on the
INV board and check the voltage between
pins 1 and 3 of CNVCC2.
Tester + ..... 1 pin
Tester - ..... 3 pin
Check the voltage between pins 1 and 3 of
CNAC2 on the INV board.
Check the voltage between L2 and N on
power supply terminal block TB1.
–106–
(6) Investigation of transmission wave shape/noise
Control is performed by exchanging signals between outdoor unit, indoor unit and remote controller by M-NET
transmission. If noise should enter into the transmission line, the normal transmission will be hindered causing
erroneous operation.
1) Symptom caused by the noise entered into transmission line
Cause
Erroneous operation
Noise entered into
transmission line
2)
Error code
Signal changes and is misjudged as the signal of other
address.
6600
Transmission wave shape changes to other signal due to
noise.
6602
Transmission wave shape changes due to noise, and can
not be received normally thus providing no reply (ACK).
6607
Transmission can not be made continuously due to the
entry of fine noise.
6603
Transmission can be made normally, but reply (ACK) or
answer can not be issued normally due to noise.
6607
6608
Method to confirm wave shape
No fine noise allowed
<with transmission>
*1
VHL
VBN
52 µs 52 µs 52 µs 52 µs 52 µs
Logical value “0” Logical value “1”
No fine noise allowed *1
<without transmission>
Check the wave shape of transmission line with an oscilloscope to confirm that the following conditions are being
satisfied.
1 The figure should be 104µs/bit ± 1%.
2 No finer wave shape (noise) than the transmission signal (52µs ± 1%) should be allowed. *1
3 The sectional voltage level of transmission signal should be as follows.
Logic value
Transmission line voltage level
0
VHL = 2.0V or more
1
VBN = 1.3V or less
*1 However, minute noise from the DC-DC converter or inverter operation may be picked up.
–107–
3) Checking and measures to be taken
(a) Measures against noise
Check the items below when noise can be confirmed on wave shape or the error code in the item 1) is generated.
Checking for wiring method
Items to be checked
Measures to be taken
1 Wiring of transmission and power lines in
crossing.
Isolate transmission line from power line (5cm or more).
Never put them in a same conduit.
2 Wiring of transmission line with that of other
system in bundle.
Wire transmission line isolating from other transmission line.
Wiring in bundle may cause erroneous operation like crosstalk.
3 Use of shield wire for transmission line (for
both indoor unit control and centralized
control).
Use specified transmission wire.
Type
:
Shield line CVVS/CPEVS
Wire diameter :
1.25mm2 or more
4 Repeating of shield at the repeating of
transmission line with indoor unit.
The transmission line is wired with 2-jumper system. Wire the shield
with jumper system as same for transmission line.
When the jumper wiring is not applied to the shield, the effect against
noise will be reduced.
5 Are the unit and transmission lines grounded
Connect to ground as shown in the INSTALLATION MANUAL.
as instructed in the INSTALLATION MANUAL?
Check for earthing
6 Earthing of the shield of transmission line (for
indoor unit control) to outdoor unit.
One point earthing should be made at outdoor unit.
Without earthing, transmission signal may be changed as the noise on
the transmission line has no way to escape.
7 Arrangement for the shield of transmission line For the shield earth of the transmission line for centralized control, the
(for centralized control).
effect of noise can be minimized if it is from one of the outdoor units in
case of the group operation with different refrigerant systems, and from
the upper rank controller in case the upper rank controller is used.
However, the environment against noise such as the distance of transmission line, the number of connecting sets, the type of connecting controller, and the place of installation, is different for the wiring for centralized control. Therefore, the state of the work should be checked as follows.
a) No earthing
• Group operation with different refrigerant systems
One point earthing at outdoor unit
• Upper rank controller is used
Earthing at the upper rank controller
b) Error is generated even though one point earth is being connected.
Earth shield at all outdoor units.
Connect to ground as shown in the user’s manual.
(b) When the wave height value of transmission wave shape is low, 6607 error is generated, or remote controller is
under the state of “HO.”
Items to be checked
Measures to be taken
8 The farthest distance of transmission line is
exceeding 200m.
Confirm that the farthest distance from outdoor unit to indoor unit/
remote controller is less than 200m.
9 The types of transmission lines are different.
Use the transmission wire specified.
Type of transmission line
:
Wire dia. of transmission line :
Shield wire CVVS/CPEVS
1.25mm2 or more
0 No transmission power (30V) is being supplied Refer to “Transmission Power Supply (30V) Circuit Check Procedure.”
to the idoor unit or the remote control.
A Faulty indoor unit/remote controller.
Replace outdoor unit circuit board or remote controller.
–108–
4) Treatment of Inverter and Compressor Troubles
If the compressor does not work when error codes 4210, 4240, 4310 or 4340 are detected, determine the point of
malfunction by following the steps in the LED monitor display and countermeasures depending on the check
code displayed, then perform the procedures below.
No.
Check Item
Symptoms
Treatment
How many hours was the
power kept on before
1 operation?
1 If it was kept on for 12 hours or
longer as specified.
Go to [2].
2 It was kept on for less than the
specified period.
Go to [2] after keeping the power on for the
specified time.
When it is restarted, does
the trouble reappear?
1 The compressor stops and the
same error code is displayed.
Perform the check of wiring shown in the
explanation of each error code.
2
3 Run the outdoor unit with
1 The compressor stops and the
same error code is displayed.
the wiring to the compressor
disconnected. At this time,
change SW1-1 on the INV
2 If the inverter’s output voltage is
board to ON.
output with good balance, *1.
Note) The terminals of the 3
disconnected wires should
be isolated from each other.
3 If the balance in the inverter’s
output voltage is not good or if the
inverter’s output voltages are all 0 V
(a digital tester cannot be used) *1.
Check the transistor module is faulty. (Go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”)
Check the coil resistance and insulation
resistance of the compressor, and if it is
normal, run it again, and if the trouble occurs
again, replace the compressor.
* Insulation resistance : 2MΩ or more
Coil resistance
: 0.359 ~ 0.716Ω
Check the transistor module.
Judge that the transistor module is faulty.
(Go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”)
If the transistor module is normal, replace
the INV board, then perform this item again
with SW1-1 ON. If the problem is solved and
you connect the compressor again, turn
SW1-1 OFF again. Check the compressor’s
coil resistance and insulation resistance.
*1 [Cautions when measuring the voltage and current of the inverter’s power circuit.]
Since the voltage and current on the inverter’s power supply side and its output side do not have a sine waveform, the
measurement values will differ depending on the measuring instrument and the circuit measured.
In particular, as the inverter’s output voltage has a pulse waveform, the output frequency also changes, so differences in
measurement values will be great depending on the measuring instrument.
1
When checking if the inverter’s output voltage is unbalanced or not (relative comparison of the voltages between
each of the lines), if you are testing with a portable tester, be sure to use an analog tester.
Use a tester of a type which can be used to judge if the transistor module or diode module is faulty.
In particular, in cases where the inverter’s output frequency is low, there are cases where the variations in measured
voltage values between the different wires will be great when a portable digital tester is used, when in actuality they
are virtually equal, and there is danger of judging that the inverter is faulty.
2
It is recommended when checking the inverter’s output voltage values (when measuring absolute values), that, if a
measuring device for business frequencies is used, a rectified voltage meter (with a
symbol) be used.
Correct measurement values cannot be obtained with an ordinary portable tester. (either analog or digital)
–109–
5) Treatment of Fan Motor Related Troubles
Condition
Possible Cause
Check Method and Treatment
1 It won’t run for 20 minutes 1) The power supply voltage
or longer when the AK
is abnormal.
value is 10%. (When
the MAIN board’s SW1 is
set as shown below, the
AK value is displayed by
the service LED.)
2) Wiring is faulty.
SW1 = 1110001000
2 The fan motor’s vibration
is great.
If there is an open phase condition before the breaker, after
the breaker or at the power supply terminal blocks TB1 or
TB1A, correct the connections.
If the power supply voltage deviates from the specified
range, connect the specified power supply.
For the following wiring, 1 check the connections, 2 check
the contact at the connectors, 3 check the tightening torque
at parts where screws are tightened, 4 check the wiring
polarity, 5 check for a broken wire and 6 check for grounding.
TB1~NF~TB1A~CNTR1~T01~CNTR
TB1A~[F1, F2]~SCRM~CN04~CNMF
CNFC1~CNFC2
CNU~SCRM
CNV~SCRM
CNW~SCRM
* Check if the wiring polarity is as shown on the wiring
diagram plate.
3) The motor is faulty.
Measure the resistance of the motor’s coils: 20~60Ω
Measure the motor’s insulation resistance with a megger:
10 MΩ (DC 500 V) or more
4) A fuse (F1, F2, F3) is
defective.
If a fuse is defective, replace it.
5) The transformer (T01) is
defective.
Judge that T01 is faulty. Go to “Individual Parts Failure
Judgment Methods.”
6) The SCRM is defective.
Judge that the SCRM is faulty. Go to “Individual Parts
Failure Judgment Methods.”
7) The circuit board is faulty. If none of the items in 1) to 6) is applicable, and the trouble
reappears even after the power is switched on again,
replace the circuit board using the following procedure.
(When replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect the
connectors and ground wire, etc. securely.)
1 Replace the FANCON board only. If it recovers, the
FANCON board is defective.
2 Replace the FANCON board and replace the MAIN
board. If it recovers, the MAIN board is defective.
3 If the trouble continues even after 1 and 2 above, then
both boards are defective.
–110–
6) Troubleshooting at breaker tripping
Check items
Measures to be taken
1 Check the breaker capacity.
The breaker’s capacity should be proper.
2 Check the a short circuit or grounding in the electrical
system other than the inverter.
Correct any defects.
3 Check the resistance between terminals on the terminal
block TB1 for power source.
Check each part inside the inverter power circuit
(resistance, megohm or the like).
a) Diode stack
Refer to “Troubleshooting of diode stack.”
b) Power transistor
Refer to “Troubleshooting of power transistor.”
c) Rush current protection resistor
d) Electromagnetic contactor
e) DC reactor
* For c) ~ e), refer to “Individual Parts Failure Judgement Methods.”
1 0 ~ several ohms or improper megohm value
4 Checking by powering again.
1 Main power source circuit breaker tripping
2 No display of remote controller
5 Operational check by operating air conditioner
1 Normal operation without breaker tripping.
a) As there is a possibility of instantaneous short
circuit generated, find the mark of the short circuit
for repair.
b) When a) is not applicable, the compressor may be
faulty.
2 Breaker tripping
The ground fault of inverter output/compressor can
be supposed.
Disconnect the wiring to the compressor and check
the insulation resistance of the following parts with
a megger.
a) Compressor terminals.
b) Inverter output.
–111–
7)
Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.
Part Name
Judgment Method
Diode Stack (DS)
Refer to “Judging Diode Stack Failure.”
Transistor Module (TRM)
Refer to “Judging Transistor Module Failure.”
Thyristor Module (SCRM)
Refer to “Judging Thyristor Module Failure.”
Electromagnetic Contactor (52C)
Measure the resistance value at each terminal.
A2
A1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Check Location
Judgment Value
A1-A2
0.1k~1.3kΩ
1/L1-2/T1
3/L2-4/T2
5/L3-6/T3
∞
Rush Current Protection Resistor (R1, 5)
Measure the resistance between terminals: 4.5k~5.5kΩ
DC Reactor (DCL)
Measure the resistance between terminals: 1 Ω or lower
Measure the resistance between the terminals and the chassis: ∞
Cooling Fan (MF1)
Measure the resistance between terminals: 0.1k~1.5kΩ
Transformer (T01)
Measure the resistance between terminals on the primary side (CNTR1):
1.0k~2.5kΩ
Measure the resistance between terminals on the secondary side (CNTR):
20~60Ω
[Caution at replacement of inverter parts]
1
The transistor module and INV board should be replaced together at the same time.
When the transistor module is damaged, the INV board may possibly be broken, and the use of the broken INV
board damages the normal transistor module. Therefore, replace the transistor module and INV board together at
the same time. However, if the INV board is damaged, judge that the transistor module is faulty, then judge whether
replacement is necessary or not.
2
Fully check wiring for incorrect and loose connection.
The incorrect or loose connection of the power circuit part wiring like transistor module and diode module causes to
damage the transistor module. Therefore, check the wiring fully. As the insufficient tightening of screws is difficult to
find, tighten them together additionally after finishing other works. For the wiring of the base for transistor module,
observe the wiring diagram below carefully as it has many terminals.
3
Coat the grease for radiation provided uniformly onto the radiation surface of transistor/diode modules.
Coat the grease for radiation on the full surface in a thin layer, and fix the module securely with the screw for
fastening. As the radiation grease attached on the wiring terminal causes poor contact, wipe it off if attached.
–112–
–113–
(8) Troubleshooting the major components of the BC controller
1) Pressure sensor
Pressure sensor troubleshooting flow
START
Note 1
Check pressure sensor, PS1,
PS3, connectors for disconnection, looseness, or incorrect attachment.
No
OK?
Take corrective action.
Yes
No
Unit running?
Note 2
Yes
Check on the LED monitor display.
• TH2 or LPS of outdoor unit.
• HPS of outdoor unit
• PS1, PS3 of BC controller and
confirm the following relationship
HPS > PS1 PS3 > TH2 or LPS
(puressure calculated value)
OK?
No
Check that refrigerant piping and transmission line
connections are in agreement between outdoor
unit and BC controller.
Yes
Stop the unit (compressor OFF).
No
At least
10 minutes passed since
stopping?
No
Yes
Note 2
OK?
Correct refrigerant
piping and transmission line.
Yes
Check PS1, PS3 on LED
monitor display and confirm
that none of the detected
pressure values is below
1kg/cm2G (0.098MPa).
No
OK?
Note 3
Check for the faulty connector on applicable pressure
sensor.
Yes
HPS PS1 PS3 TH2
or LPS (pressure calculated value) (The difference is less than 1kg/
cm2G (0.098MPa)
OK?
OK?
Yes Note 4
Confirm the
following relationship PS1
PS3?
No
Yes
Yes
Pressure
No
range within 0 to 1kg/cm2G
(0.098MPa)
Short connectors 2 and 3 on the
board and check the pressure.
Check that refrigerant piping and
transmission line connections are
in agreement between outdoor
unit and BC controller.
OK?
Repair faulty connection.
Remove the pressure sensor
connector from the board, and
check the pressure.
No
Yes
No board or pressure
sensor abnormality.
No
Pressure
of at least 32kg/cm2G
(3.14MPa) indicated?
No
Correct refrigerant
piping and the transmission line.
Yes
Replace the wrong
puressure sensor by the
correct pressure sensor,
and confirm detected pressure is indicated correctly.
OK?
Yes
Change pressure sensor.
–114–
No
No
Change board.
Note 1 :
• Symptoms of incorrect connection of BC controller pressure sensor to the board
Cooling-only
Normal
Cooling-principal
Insufficient
cooling.
Symptom
Heating-only
Heating-principal
SC11 large Warm indoor SC SC11 small Insufficient heating SC11 large
SC16 small small. Warm in- SC16 small Warm indoor SC small SC16 small
PHM < 0 door thermo ON
PHM < 0 Warm indoor thermo
PHM < 0
especially noise.
ON especially noise
Note 2 :
• Check using LED monitor display switch (outdoor MAIN board SW1)
Measured Data
Signal
High pressure of
outdoor
HPS
Low pressure saturation temperature
TH2
Low pressure of
outdoor
LPS
BC controller pressure
(liquid measurement)
PS1
(intermediate)
PS3
SW1 Setting
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Convert saturation
temperature to
desired pressure
using converter.
ON
ON
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Note 3 :
• Check CNP1 (liquid measurement) and CMP3 (intermediate) connectors on BC controller board for disconnection or
looseness.
Note 4 :
• With the sensor of the applicable connector removed from the board, use the LED monitor display switch (Note 1) to
check the pressure value.
Pressure Sensor Replacement Precaution
(Pressure sensor output voltage)
–115–
2) Temperature Sensor
Thermistor troubleshooting flow
Start
Note 1
Disconnect applicable thermistor
connector from the board.
Note 2
Measure temperature of applicable
thermistor (actual measured value).
Note 3
Check thermistor resistance value.
Compare temperature for thermistor
resistance value with actual measured valued.
No
difference?
No
Note 5
Yes
Note 4
Change thermistor.
Insert applicable thermistor connector
into board, and check sensor input
temperature on LED monitor for difference.
No
difference?
No
Yes
Check for connection
problem.
No abnormality.
Change the controller
board.
–116–
Note 1 :
• Board connector CN10 corresponds to TH11 through TH14, while connector
CN11 corresponds to TH15 through TS15. Remove the applicable connector
and check the sensor for each number.
Note 2, 3 :
1. Pull the sensor connector from the I/O board. Do not pull on the lead wire.
2. Measure resistance using a tester or other instrument.
3. Compare measured values with values on the graph below. A value within a range of ±10% is normal.
Resistance measurement point (connector)
Touch the probes of the tester or other instrument
to the shaded areas to measure.
Temperature sensor resistance (graph)
Resistance value
(kΩ)
Thermistor Ro=15 kΩ
1
1
Rt=15exp 3460 ( 273+t – 273t )
Temperature (˚C)
Note 4 :
• Check using LED monitor display switch (outdoor MAIN board SW1)
Measured Data
Signal
SW1 Setting
Liquid inlet
temperature
TH11
ON
Bypass outlet
temperature
TH12
ON
Heat exchanger
outlet temperature
TH13
ON
Head exchanger
inlet temperature
TH14
ON
Bypass outlet
temperature
TH15
ON
Bypass inlet
temperature
TH16
ON
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
–117–
3) LEV, Solenoid Valve Troubleshooting Flow
No cooling
No heating
Note 1
Check disconnection or looseness
of connectors.
Yes
Is there a problem?
Correct the problem.
Operate in cooling or heating (1 system
only when there are plural systems)
Heating operation
Cooling or heating
operation?
Cooling operation
Note 2
Check if LEV4 is fully shut.
No
LEV 4 fully shut?
Check LEV4
Yes
Note 2
Note 2
Check if LEV 1, 2 are fully open
No
No
LEV 1, 2 fully open?
Yes
Check if LEV 1, 2 are fully shut.
LEV 1, 2 fully shut?
Check LEV1, 2
Check if LEV3 is controlled by
superheat.
LEV3 is not controlled.
Yes
Note 3
Check if LEV 3, 4 are controlled by
differential pressure.
No
No
Check LEV3, (4)
Yes
Check if SVM is OFF.
No
No
Check SVM
Yes
Check if SVA, SVC are ON.
SVA, SVC ON
LEV3, 4 are not
controlled
Yes
Check if SVM is ON.
SVM ON
Note 3
SVM OFF
Yes
Check if SVA, SVC are OFF.
No
No
Check SVA, SVC
Yes
SVA, SVC OFF
Yes
Check if SVB is OFF.
Check if SVB is ON.
No
No
SVB OFF
Yes
Check SVB
Completion
*There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–118–
SVB ON
Yes
1 LEV
Note 1 :
• Symptoms of incorrect connection to BC controller LEV board
LEV No.
1
2
3
4
Cooling-only
Cooling-principal
Heating-only
Heating-principal
1)
1
2
3
4
Normal
←
←
←
2)
1
2
4
3
Insufficient heating
SH12 large
SC11 small
SC16 large,
Branch pipe SC small
Insufficient cooling, insuf- Insufficient heating,
ficient heating
Comp. frequency low
SH12 large, SC11 small Low press. low
SC16 large,
PHM small
Branch piping SC small
Insufficient heating,
Comp. frequency low
Low press. low
PHM small
PHM small. Heating
Indoor SC large.
3)
1
3
2
4
Insufficient cooling
SH12 small,
SC11 small
SC16 small
Branch piping SC small
4)
5)
6)
1
1
1
3
4
4
4
2
3
2
3
2
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
1
4
1
3
1
2
4
1
3
1
2
1
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
Insufficient cooling, insuf- Heating indoor SC small Insufficient cooling
ficient heating
PHM large
Heating indoor SC small
SH12 small, SC11 small
PHM large
SC16 large,
Branch piping SC small
PHM large
Improper installation is the same for 1 and 2, so it is omitted here.
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
Note 2 : Method for checking LEV full open, full closed condition
1 Check LEV full opening (pulse) using the LED monitor display (outdoor controller board SW1).
Full opened: 2000 pulses
Full closed: 60 pulses (LEV 1, 2 may be greater than 60 during full heating operation.)
2 With LEV full opened, check for pressure differential by measuring temperature of piping on both sides.
3 With LEV full closed, check for refrigerant noise.
Note 3 : Use the following table to determine opening due to LEV differential pressure control and superheat
control.
• BC controller LEV basic operation characteristics
Region
LEV1, 2
pulse
Failure Mode Operating Mode
Small
Large
Small
LEV3
pulse
Large
LEV4
pulse
Small
Large
Description
Normal Range
Heating-only High pressure (PS1) - medium pressure (PS3) is large.
Heating-main
High pressure (PS1) - medium pressure (PS3) is small.
Cooling-main
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
Cooling-only
SH12 is large.
Cooling-main
Heating-only
High pressure (PS1) - mid pressure (PS3) is small.
Heating-main
SH12<25
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
Cooling-only
SC16 and SH12 are small.
Cooling-main
SC16>6
SH12>5 (V-D type)
SH12>5 (V-E type)
Heating-only High pressure (PS1) - mid pressure (PS3) is large.
Heating-main
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
Heating-only SH12 is large.
SH12<25
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
Heating-main High pressure (PS1) - mid pressure (PS3) is small.
Cooling-only
Cooling-main SC16 is small.
SC16>6
Heating-only High pressure (PS1) - mid pressure (PS3) is large.
Heating-main
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–119–
(Self-diagnostic monitor)
Measured Data
Signal OUTDOOR MAIN board SW1 Setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
LEV1, 2 pulse
–
ON
LEV 3 pulse
–
ON
LEV 4 pulse
–
ON
BC controller bypass
output superheat
SH12
ON
BC controller
intermediate subcool
SC16
BC controller liquid
subcool
SC11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
(Solenoid Valve Troubleshooting Flow)
Check for the following:
LEV full open: ticking sound
LEV full closed: no sound
Start
Visually check for disconnection between connectors and terminals, and confirm correct lead colors.
No
Intermediate
connector
Brown
Red
To
LEV
OK?
Controller
board
Blue
Orange
Yellow
White
2 Brown
5 Red
1 Blue
3 Orange
4 Yellow
6 White
Yes
6
5
4
3
2
1
Change LEV
Confirm if LEV is closed fully.
No
OK?
Yes
Change LEV
No
OK?
Yes
Correction.
Remove connectors from the board and
use a tester to check conduction.
• Check between connectors 1-3-5 and 24-6.
OK?
Attach check LEDs
illustrated nearby to board
connectors and confirm
that LEDs light for 10
seconds.
No
Yes
10kΩ LED
Adjust, repair.
No
Use a tester to measure resistance
between each coil (red-white, red-orange,
brown-yellow, brown-blue).
Correct value is: 150Ω±10%
OK?
Yes
End
OK?
Yes
6
5
4
3
2
1
No
Change LEV
–120–
Change the
board.
2 Solenoid Valve
Solenoid valve
troubleshooting
Operation OFF?
Check solenoid valve wiring
for incorrect connection, and
connector disconnection or
looseness.
No problem.
Yes
Correct the problem.
No
Operate cooler and heater for
the applicable solenoid valve’s
refrigerant system only.
Note 1
Clicking noise
produced when working
timing?
No
Remove the coil and check for
a magnetic force.
Yes
No
Magnetic force
is OK?
Stop the unit.
Yes
Note 3
Measure pipe temperature of
inlet and outlet sides of
solenoid valve.
No temperature differential: OK
Temperature differential: NG
Disconnect solenoid valve
connector from the board and
check for a solenoid coil
conductance.
No
OK?
Conductance present?
No
Yes
Yes
With the solenoid valve connector is disconnected from the
board, use remote controller to
turn on the unit and check the
output (220-240V) from the
controller board.
Yes
Measure piping temperature
on both sides of solenoid
valve and check for following.
Solenoid valve ON:
no differential
Solenoid valve OFF:
differential
OK?
220-240V output?
No
Change the control
board.
No
Yes
Solenoid valve
normal
Yes
Solenoid valve
faulty
–121–
Change the
solenoid valve.
Solenoid Valves (SVA, SVB, SVC, SVM)
Coordination signals output from the board and solenoid valve operations.
Note 1 : (SVA, SVB, SVC)
SVA, SVB and SVC are turned on and off in accordance with operation mode.
Mode
Branch Port
Cooling
Heating
Stopped
Defrosting
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SVA
SVB
SVC
(SVM)
SVM is turned on and off in accordance with operation mode.
Operation Mode
Cooling-only
Cooling-principal
SVM
ON
OFF
Heating-only Heating-principal
OFF
Defrosting
Stopped
ON
OFF
OFF
Note 2 : (SVA, SVB, SVC)
Measure temperature of piping on either side of SVA 1-A
Measure temperature of piping on either side of SVB 1-B
(SVM)
Measure temperature at points marked “X”.
1
B
A
A
1
B
CMB-P-V-D
CMB-P-V-E
4) BC controller transformer
BC Controller control board
CNTR
CN03
Normal
Red
White
Red
Red
Malfunction
CNTR(1)-(3) Approximately 90Ω
Open or shorted
CN03(1)-(3) Approximately 1.7Ω
* Disconnect the connector before measurement.
–122–
[2] BC Controller Disassembly Procedure
(1) Service Panel
Be careful on removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos & Illustrations
1. Remove the two screws securing the electric panel
box, and then remove the box.
2. Remove the four screws securing the front panel
and then remove the panel. Two of the screws are
not visible until you remove the electric panel box.
3. Remove the two screws securing the ceiling panel.
Next, lifting up on the panel slightly, slide it inwards
and then remove it. The inside of the ceiling panel
is hooked on a pin.
CMB-P-V-D
4. Remove the single screw that secures the side
panel, and then remove the panel.
CMB-P-V-D
Celling panel
BC
Celling panel control- Pin
ler unit
fixing screw
–123–
(2) Control Box
Be careful on removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos
<CMB-P104, 105, 106V-D>
1. Removing the single screw that secures the electric panel box cover provides access to the box contents for checking.
1 Check electrical lead wires and transmission
lead terminal connections.
2 Check the transformer.
3 Check the address switch.
4 Use the self-diagnostic switch to check the LED
display.
2. Disconnect the power supply lead, transmission
lead, transformer lead connector, and address
switch wiring connector. Removing the screw securing the inner cover provides access for checking
the entire controller board.
Transformer
CMB-P1010V-D
3. Note the following precautions whenever replacing
the controller board.
1 Be sure you do not confuse a Type A controller
board with a Type B controller board.
2 Take care to avoid mistakes when connecting
leads and connectors, and double-check for incomplete and loose connections.
3 Check to make sure that DIP switch settings are
the same before and after replacement.
Important!
You do not need to remove the two electric panel
screws if you are checking electric panel box
contents only.
CMB-P1016V-E
<CMB-P108, 1010V-D>
Removing the single screw that secures the
electric panel box cover provides access to the
controller board and all of the relay board for
checking. So it is not necessary to work according
to avobe 2.
–124–
(3) Thermistor (Liquid and gas piping temperature detection)
Be careful when removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos
TH15
1. Remove the service panel
1 Use the procedure under (1)-1.2 to check TH11,
TH12, and TH15.
2 Use the procedure under (1)-1.2.3 to check TH13
and TH14.
TH12
2. Disconnect the piping sensor lead from the controller panel.
1 TH11 - TH14 (CN10)
2 TH15, TH16 (CN11)
TH15
TH14
TH13
CMB-P1010V-D
3. Pull the temperature sensor from the temperature
sensor housing and replace it with a new sensor.
TH15 TH11 TH12
TH13
TH14
4. Connect the temperature sensor lead securely to
the controller board.
TH16
CMB-P1016V-E
(4) Pressure Sensor
Procedure
Photos
1. Remove the sensor panel.
1 Use the procedure under (1)-1.2 to check PS1
and PS3.
2. Disconnect the connector of the applicable pressure
sensor from the controller board and insulate the
connector.
1 Liquid pressure sensor (CNP1)
2 Intermediate pressure sensor (CNP3)
PS3
PS1
CMB-P1010V-D
3. Install a new pressure sensor at the location shown
in the photograph, and plug the connector into the
controller board.
PS1
Important
1 In the case of gas leakage from the pressure sensor, take actions to fix the leak before performing
the above procedure.
PS3
CMB-P1016V-E
–125–
(5) LEV
Be careful on removing heavy parts.
Procedure
1. Remove the service panel. See (1)-1.2.3.4.
Photos
LEV4
LEV1
LEV2
LEV3
2. Replace the applicable LEV.
Important!
1 When performing the above procedure, be sure to
allow for enough service space in the ceiling area
for welding.
2 When conditions require, the unit can be lowered
from the ceiling before staring work.
LEV1
LEV3
CMB-P1010V-D
CMB-P1016V-E
(6) Solenoid Valve Coil
Procedure
Photos (CMB-P1010V-D) & Illustrations
1. Remove the service panel. See (1)-1.2.3.4.
2. Disconnect the connector of the applicable
solenoid valve.
3. Remove the solenoid valve coil.
1 SVA, SVB, and SVM solenoid valve coils can
be serviced from the maintenance port. SVC
can serviced from the back if service space is
available in the back. To remove the back
panel, remove the two screws that secure it.
Solenoid valve coil
CMB-P1010V-D
4. When the solenoid valve is defective, remove the
unit front panel, disassemble the solenoid valve
block, and check the interior of the valve.
When disassembly space or footing for disassembly of the solenoid valve block in the vicinity of the
flow controller is not available, the unit can be
lowered from the ceiling to perform the work.
1 To view the interior of a valve, use a torque
wrench to open the screw cover of the movable
component compartment and the plunger.
2 When replacing the screw cover and plunger,
tighten them to the specified torque.
SVA screw cover: ........... 20 kg·m (2.0 N·m)
SVB screw cover: ........... 13 kg·m (1.3 N·m)
SVA, B, C plungers: ....... 6 kg·m (0.6 N·m)
Solenoid valve
CMB-P1016V-E
Pilot type
Important!
1 You cannot check the valve interiors of SVC and
SVM.
2 Be sure to tighten screw covers and plungers to
specified torque values. Under-tightening can
cause gas leaks, over-tightening can cause
abnormal operation.
Direct drive type
CMB-P-V-D
–126–
Check Code List
Check Code
0403
Check Content
Serial transmission abnormality
0900
Trial operation
1102
Discharge temperature abnormality
1111
Low pressure saturation temperature sensor abnormality (TH2)
1112
Low pressure saturation
Liquid level sensing temperature sensor abnormality (TH4)
1113
temperature abnormality Liquid level sensing temperature sensor abnormality (TH3)
1301
Low pressure abnormality (OC)
1302
High pressure abnormality (OC)
1368
Liquid side pressure abnormality (BC)
1370
Intermediate pressure abnormality (BC)
1500
Overcharged refrigerant abnormality
1501
Low refrigerant abnormality
1505
Suction pressure abnormality
2500
Leakage (water) abnormality
2502
Drain pump abnormality
2503
Drain sensor abnormality
4103
Reverse phase abnormality
4115
Power supply sync signal abnormality
4116
Fan speed abnormality (motor abnormality)
4200
VDC·IDC sensor/circuit abnormality
4210
Breaking of overcurrent
4220
Bus voltage abnormality
4230
Radiator panel overheat protection
4240
Overcurrent protection
4260
Cooling fan abnormality
Air inlet (TH21:IC)
5101
Discharge (TH1:OC)
Liquid pipe (TH22:IC)
5102
Low pressure saturation (TH2:OC)
Gas pipe (TH23:IC)
5103
Accumulater liquid level (TH3)
5104
Thermal sensor
Accumulater liquid level (TH4)
5105
abnormality
Liquid pipe (TH5)
5106
Ambient temperature (TH6)
5107
SC coil outlet (TH7)
5108
SC coil bypass outlet (TH8)
5109
CS circuit (TH9)
5110
Radiator panel
5112
Compressor shell temperature (TH10)
5201
Pressure sensor abnormality (OC)
Liquid side pressure sensor abnormality (BC)
5203
Intermediate side pressure sensor abnormality (BC)
5301
IDC sensor/circuit abnormality
6600
Multiple address abnormality
6602
Transmission processor hardware abnormality
6603
Transmission circuit bus-busy abnormality
–127–
Check Code
Check Content
6606
Communications with transmission processor abnormality
6607
No ACK abnormality
6608
No response abnormality
7100
Total capacity abnormality
7101
Capacity code abnormality
7102
Connected unit count over
7105
Address setting abnormality
7106
Characteristics setting abnormality
7107
Connection number setting abnormality
7111
Remote control sensor abnormality
7130
Different indoor model connected abnormality
Intermittent fault check code
Trouble Delay Cope
Trouble Delay Content
1202
Preliminary discharge temperature abnormality or preliminary discharge thermal sensor abnormality (TH1)
1205
Preliminary liquid pipe temperature sensor abnormality (TH5)
1211
Preliminary low pressure saturation abnormality or preliminary low pressure saturation sensor abnormality (TH2)
1212
Preliminary low pressure saturation abnormality or preliminary liquid level sensor upper thermal sensor abnormality (TH4)
1213
Preliminary low pressure saturation abnormality or preliminary liquid level sensor lower thermal sensor abnormality (TH3)
1214
Preliminary THHS sensor/circuit abnormality
1216
Preliminary sub-cool coil outlet thermal sensor abnormality (TH7)
1217
Preliminary sub-cool coil bypass outlet thermal sensor abnormality (TH8)
1219
Preliminary sub-cool coil bypass inlet thermal sensor abnormality (TH9)
1221
Preliminary ambient temperature thermal sensor abnormality (TH6)
1243
Preliminary compressor shell thermal sensor abnormality (TH10)
1402
Preliminary high pressure abnormality or preliminary pressure sensor abnormality
1600
Preliminary overcharged refrigerant abnormality
1601
Preliminary lacked refrigerant abnormality
1605
Preliminary suction pressure abnormality
1607
CS circuit block abnormality
Preliminary IDC sensor/circuit abnormality
4300
Preliminary VDC sensor/circuit abnormality
Preliminary serial transmission abnormality
4310
Preliminary overcurrent breaking abnormality
4320
Preliminary bus voltage abnormality
4330
Preliminary heat sink overheating abnormality
4340
Preliminary overload protection
4360
Preliminary cooling fan abnormality
–128–
[3] Self-diagnosis and Countermeasures Depending on the Check Code Displayed
(1) Mechanical
Checking code
0403 Serial
transmission
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
If serial transmission cannot be 1) Wiring is defective.
established between the MAIN and
INV boards.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors and 3, for broken
wires in the following wiring.
CNRS2 - CNRS3
CNAC2 - TB1A
2) Switches are set wrong on the INV SW1-4 on the INV board should be
board.
OFF.
3) A fuse (F01) on the INV board is If the fuse is melted, (if the resistance
defective.
between the both ends of fuse is ∞),
replace the fuse.
4) The circuit board is defective.
–129–
If none of the items in 1) to 3) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the circuit board by the following procedure (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the
connectors, ground wires, etc. securely).
1 If serial transmission is restored after the INV board only is replaced,
then the INV board is defective.
2 If serial transmission is not restored,
reinstall the INV board and replace
the MAIN board. If serial transmission is restored, the MAIN board is
defective.
3 If serial transmission is not restored
by 1 and 2 above, replace both
boards.
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
1102 Discharge
1. When 140˚C or more discharge
temperature
temperature is detected during
abnormality
operations (the first time), out(Outdoor unit)
door unit stops once, mode is
changed to restart mode after
3 minutes, then the outdoor unit
restarts.
2. When 140˚C or more temp. is
detected again (the second
time) within 30 minutes after
stop of outdoor unit, emergency
stop is observed with code No.
“1102” displayed.
3. When 140˚C or more temp. is
detected 30 or more minutes
after stop of outdoor unit, the
stop is regarded as the first time
and the process shown in 1 is
observed.
4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
unit is intermittent fault check
period with LED displayed
(1202).
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Gas leak, gas shortage.
See Refrigerant amount check.
2) Overload operations.
Check operating conditions and operation status of indoor/outdoor units.
3) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
4) Poor operations of OC controller
LEV:
Cooling
: LEV1
5) Poor operations of BC controller
LEV:
Cooling-only : LEV3
Cooling-main : LEV1, 2, 3
Heating-only, Heating-main:
LEV3, 4
Defronst
: LEV3
6) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM :
Cooling-only, defrost
7) Poor operations of BC controller
SVA :
Cooling-only, Cooling-main
8) Poor operations of BC controller
SVB :
Heating-only, Heating-main
9) Poor operations of solenoid
valves.
SV (3 ~ 6) (PURY)→
Heating-only, Heating-main
Check operation status by actually
performing cooling or heating operations.
Cooling
: Indoor LEV
(Cooling-only) LEV1 (PUHY)
LEV1, 2, 3 (BC)
SVM (BC)
SVA (BC)
Heating
: Indoor LEV
(Heating-only) LEV3, 4 (BC)
SVB (BC)
SV3 ~ 6 (PURY)
10)Setting error of connection
address (PURY).
Check address setting of indoor unit
connection.
11)Poor operations of ball valve.
Confirm that ball valve is fully opened.
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
12)Outdoor unit fan block, motor
Check outdoor fan.
trouble, poor operations of fan
See Trouble check of outdoor fan.
controller→Heating (Heating-only,
Heating-main).
3) ~ 12) : Rise in discharge
temp. by low pressure drawing.
13)Gas leak between low and high
pressures.
4-way valve trouble, compressor trouble, solenoid valve
SV1 trouble.
Check operation status of cooling-only
or heating-only.
14)Poor operations of solenoid valve
SV2.
Bypass valve SV2 can not
control rise in discharge temp.
See Trouble check of solenoid
valve.
15)Thermistor trouble.
Check resistance of thermistor.
16)Thermistor input circuit trouble on
control circuit board.
Check inlet temperature of sensor
with LED monitor.
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–130–
Checking code
1111
Meaning, detecting method
Low
1. When saturation temperature
pressure
sensor (TH2) or liquid level desaturation
tecting temperature sensors
tempera(TH3, TH4) detects -40˚C or
ture
less (the first time) during opsensor
erations, outdoor unit stops
abnormalonce, mode is changed to reity (TH2)
start mode after 3 minutes, then
the outdoor unit restarts.
2. When -40˚C or less temp. is
detected again (the second
time) within 30 minutes after
stop of outdoor unit, error stop
is observed with code Nos.
“1111,” “1112,” or “1113” displayed.
3. When -40˚C or less temperature is detected 30 or more minutes after stop of outdoor unit,
the stop is regarded as the first
time and the process shown in
1. is observed.
1113
Low pressure saturation temperature trouble
1112
Liquid
level
detecting
temperature
sensor
4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
abnormalunit is intermittent fault check
ity (TH4)
period with LED displayed.
Note:
1. Low press. saturation temperature trouble is not detected for 3 minutes after
compressor start, and finish
of defrosting operations, and
during defrosting operations.
Liquid
level
detecting
temperature
sensor
abnormality (TH3)
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Gas leak, Gas shortage.
See Refrigerant amount check.
2) Insufficient load operations.
Check operating conditions and operation status of outdoor unit.
3) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
4) Poor operations of OC controller
LEV:
Cooling
: LEV1
5) Poor operations of BC controller
LEV:
Cooling-only : LEV3
Cooling-main : LEV1, 2, 3
Heating-only, Heating-main:
LEV3, 4
Defrost
: LEV3
6) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM:
Cooling-only, Defrost
7) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM:
Cooling-only, Cooling-main
8) Poor operations of BC controller
SVB:
Heating-only, Heating-main
9) Solenoid valve trouble (SV3 ~ 6)
(PURY).
Heating-only, Heating-main
Check operation status by actually performing cooling-only or heating-only
operations.
Cooling-only : indoor LEV
LEV1 (PUHY)
LEV1, 2, 3 (BC)
SVM (BC)
SVA (BC)
Heating-only : indoor LEV
LEV3, 4 (PURY)
(BC)
SVB (BC)
SV3~6 (PURY)
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
10)Setting error of connection address. Check address setting of indoor unit
connector.
11)Poor operations of ball valve.
Confirm that ball valve is fully opened.
12)Short cycle of indoor unit.
Check indoor unit, and take measu-res
13)Clogging of indoor unit filter.
to troube.
14)Fall in air volume caused by dust
2. In the case of short/open of
on indoor unit fan.
TH2~TH4 sensors before 15)Dust on indoor unit heat exchanger.
starting of compressor or 16)Indoor unit block, Motor trouble.
within 10 minutes after starting of compressor, “1111,”
10)~15) : Fall in low pressure
“1112,” or “1113” is displayed
caused by evaporating capactoo.
ity in cooling-only cooling-principal operation.
17)Short cycle of outdoor unit.
18)Dust on outdoor heat exchanger.
Check outdoor unit, and take measures
to trouble.
19)Indoor unit fan block, motor trouble, Check outdoor unit fan.
and poor operations of fan control- See Trouble check of outdoor unit
ler.
fan.
16)~18) : Fall in low press. caused by lowered evaporating
capa-city in heating-only heating-principal operation.
20)Poor operations of solenoid valve See Trouble check of solenoid valve.
SV2.
Bypass valve (SV2) can not
control low pressure drop.
21)Thermistor trouble (TH2~TH10).
Check resistance of thermistor.
22)Pressure sensor abnormality.
See Trouble check of pressure sensor.
23)Control circuit board thermistor Check inlet temp. and press. of sensor
abnormality and pressure sensor by LED monitor.
input circuit abnormality.
24)Poor mounting of thermistor
(TH2~TH10).
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–131–
Checking code
1301 Low pressure
abnoramlity
Meaning, detecting method
When starting from the stop mode
for the first time, (if at the start of bind
power transmission, the end of bind
power transmission, and in the mode
when the thermostat goes OFF immediately after the remote control
goes ON, the following compressor
start time is included), if the low pressure pressure sensor before starting is at 1.0 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa),
operation stops immediately.
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Internal pressure is dropping due Refer to the item on judging low presto a gas leak.
sure pressure sensor failure.
2) The low pressure pressure sensor
is defective.
3) Insulation is torn.
4) A pin is missing in the connector,
or there is faulty contact.
5) A wire is disconnected.
6) The control board’s low pressure
pressure sensor input circuit is defective.
1302 High pressure 1. When press. sensor detects 1) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
abnoramlity 1
28kg/cm2G (2.47MPa) or more 2) Poor operations of outdoor LEV1
(Outdoor unit)
during operations (the first
(PUHY).
time), outdoor unit stops once, 3) Poor operations of BC controller
mode is changed to restart
LEV:
mode after 3 minutes, then the
Heating-only, heating-principal:
outdoor unit restarts.
LEV3, 4
Defrost:
LEV3
2. When 30kg/cm2G (2.94MPa) or 4) Poor operations of BC controller
more pressure is detected
SVM:
again (the second time) within
Cooling-only, defrost
30 minutes after stop of outdoor 5) Poor operations of BC controller
unit,error stop is observed with
SVA:
code No. “1302” displayed.
Cooling-only, cooling-main
6) Poor operations of BC controller
3. When 28kg/cm2G (2.47MPa) or
SVB:
more pressure is detected 30
Heating-only, heating-main
or more minutes after stop of 7) Solenoid valve SV (3 ~ 6) trouble
outdoor unit, the detection is re(PURY).
garded as the first time and the
Cooling-only, cooling-main
process shown in 1 is observed.
8) Setting error of connection address.
4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
unit is intermittent fault check
period with LED displayed.
9) Poor operations of ball valve.
Check operations status by actually
performing cooling or heating operations.
Cooling : Indoor LEV
LEV1 (PUHY)
LEV1, 2, 3 (BC)
SVM SVA (BC)
SV3~6 (PURY)
Heating : Indoor LEV
LEV3, 4 (BC)
SVB (BC)
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
Check address setting of indoor unit
connector.
Confirm that ball valve is fully open-ed.
5. Error stop is observed immediately 10)Short cycle of indoor unit.
Check indoor unit and take measures
when press. switch (30 +0
kg/ 11)Clogging of indoor unit filter.
to trouble.
-1.5
cm2G (2.94 +0
-1.5 MPa)) operates in 12)Fall in air volume caused by dust
addition to pressure sensor.
on indoor unit fan.
13)Dust on indoor unit heat exchanger.
14)Indoor unit fan block, motor trouble.
9)~14) : Rise in high pressure
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in heating-only and
heating-principal operation.
15)Short cycle of outdoor unit.
Check outdoor unit and take measures
16)Dust on outdoor unit heat exchanger. to trouble.
17)Outdoor unit fan block, motor trou-ble, Check outdoor unit fan
poor operations of fan controller.
See Trouble check of outdoor unit
15)~17):Rise in high press.
fan.
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in cooling-only and
cooling-pincipal operation.
18)Poor operations of solenoid valves See Trouble check of solenoid valve.
SV1, 2 (Bypass valves (SV1, 2) can
not control rise in high pressure).
19)Thermistor trouble (TH2, TH5, TH6). Check resistance of thermistor.
20)Pressure sensor trouble.
Check Trouble check of pressure
sensor.
21)Control circuit board thermistor Check inlet temperature and press. of
trouble, press. sensor input circuit sensor with LED monitor.
trouble.
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–132–
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
1302 High pressure
abnoramlity 2
(Outdoor unit)
When press. sensor detects 1kg/
cm2G (0.098MPa) or less just before starting of operation, erro stop
is observed with code No. “1302”
displayed.
Liquid
side
1368
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Fall in internal press. caused by
See Trouble check of pressure sengas leak.
sor.
2) Press. sensor trouble.
3) Film breakage.
4) Coming off of pin in connector portion, poor contact.
5) Broken wire.
6) Press. sensor input circuit trouble
on control circuit board.
When liquid side press, sensor, gas 1) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
side pressure sensor, or interme- 2) Poor operations of BC controller
diate pressure sensor detects
LEV:
30kg/cm2G (2.94MPa) or more, erHeating-only, heating-principal:
ror stop is observed with code No.
LEV3, 4
“1368”, or “1370” displayed.
Defrost:
LEV3
3) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM:
Cooling-only, defrost
4) Poor operations of BC controller
SVA:
Cooling-only, cooling-principal
5) Poor operations of BC controller
SVB:
Heating-only, heating-principal
6) Solenoid valve SV (3 ~ 6) trouble.
Cooling-only, cooling-principal
Check operations status by actually
performing cooling or heating operations.
Cooling
: Indoor LEV
LEV1, 2, 3
SVM
SVA SV3~6
Heating
: Indoor LEV
LEV3, 4
SVB
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
7) Setting error of connection address. Check address setting of indoor unit
connector.
1370
High pressure abnoramlity (BC controller)
8) Poor operations of ball valve.
Confirm that ball valve is fully opened.
9) Short cycle of indoor unit.
Check indoor unit and take measures
10)Clogging of indoor unit filter.
to trouble.
11)Fall in air volume caused by dust
on indoor unit fan.
12)Dust on indoor unit heat exchanger.
13)Indoor unit fan block, motor trouble.
9)~13) : Rise in high pressure
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in heating-only and
heating-principal operation.
14)Short cycle of outdoor unit.
Check outdoor unit and take measures
15)Dust on outdoor unit heat ex- to trouble.
changer.
Intermediate side
16) Outdoor unit fan block, motor trou- Check outdoor unit fan.
ble, poor operations of fan control- See Trouble check of outdoor unit
ler.
fan.
14)~16) : Rise in high press.
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in cooling-only and
cooling-principal operation.
17)Poor operations of solenoid valves See Trouble check of solenoid
SV1, 2.
valve.
(Bypass valves (SV1, 2) can not
control rise in high pressure.)
18)Thermistor trouble (TH2, TH5, TH6). Check resistance of thermistor.
19)Pressure sensor trouble.
Check Trouble check of pressure
sensor.
20)Control circuit board thermistor Check inlet temperature and press. of
trouble, press. sensor input circuit sensor with LED monitor.
trouble.
21)Poor mounting of thermistor.
(TH2, TH5, H6)
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–133–
Checking code
1500 Overchanged
refrigerant
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
1. When liquid level of accumulator reaches AL=2 (overflow level)
and Td-Tc 20 deg during operations (the first time), outdoor
unit stops once, mode is
changed to restart mode after 3
minutes, then the unit restarts.
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Excessive refrigerant charge.
See Refrigerant amount check.
2) Broken wire of liquid level heater.
3) Poor heater output caused by control circuit board trouble.
4) Thermistor trouble (TH2, TH3, TH4). Check resistance of thermistor.
5) Thermistor input circuit trouble on Check temperature and pressure of
2. When liquid level of accumulator
control circuit board.
sensor with LED monitor.
reaches AL=2 (overflow level) and
Td-Tc
20 deg again (the sec- 6) Poor mounting of thermistor.
ond time), error stop is observed
(TH2, TH3, TH4)
with code No.“1500” displayed.
3. When liquid level of accumula- 4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
5. In the case of ignore error inditor reaches AL=2 (overflow level)
unit is intermittent fault check pecation switch (SW2-6) ON, the deand Td-Tc 20 deg 30 or more
riod with LED displayed.
tection for the second time is folminutes after stop of outdoor
lowed by the first time.
unit, the detection is regarded as
the first time and the process
shown in 1. is observed.
1501
Insufficient refrigerant abnormality
Lacked
refrigerant
abnormality
1. When the unit condition is as
follows, the compressor is
stopped (1st detection) and after 3 minutes, the compressor
is restarted automatically.
PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B
■ Cooling mode
1 F<60Hz, TH1>120°C
TH1-Tc>60deg
■ Heating mode
1 F<60Hz, TH1>100°C,
TH1-Tc>55deg.
TH5>15˚C
2 F<60Hz, TH1>120˚C,
TH1-Tc>70deg.
TH5 15˚C
PUHY-P200·250YMF-B
1 F<60Hz and TH10>85°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
2 F<60Hz and TH10>95°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
3 F 60Hz and TH10>100°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
4 F 60Hz and TH10>110°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
PURY-200·250YMF-B
■ Cooling mode
1 F<60Hz and Td>120°C and
Td-Tc>60 deg
■ Heating mode
1 F<60Hz and Td>100°C and
Td-Tc>55 deg and TH7>15°C
2 F<60Hz and Td>120°C and
Td-Tc>70deg and TH7 15°C
PURY-P200·250YMF-B
1 F<60Hz and TH10>85°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
2 F<60Hz and TH10>95°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
3 F 60Hz and TH10>100°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
4 F 60Hz and TH10>110°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
2. If the temperature rises again as
above within 2 hours after the outdoor unit is stopped (2nd detection),
an error stop is performed, and the
check code 1501 is displayed.
3. If the temperature rises again as
above within 2 hours after the outdoor unit is stopped, it becomes the
first detection again, and operation
is the same as in 1 above.
4. The 2 hour period after the outdoor
unit stops is the abnormal delay period, and LED display is carried out
during the abnormal stop delay.
1) Gas leakage, insufficient gas.
Refer to the item on judging the refrigerant volume.
2) Overload operation.
Check the indoor and outdoor unit operating conditions.
3) Indoor unit LEV operation is faulty. Actually run the equipment in cooling
4) Outdoor unit LEV1 operation is or heating mode and check the operating condition.
faulty.
Cooling :
Indoor unit LEV
5) Outdoor unit SLEV operation is
LEV1 (PUHY)
faulty.
SLEV
Heating :
Indoor unit LEV
SLEV
Refer to the item concerning judging
LEV failure.
6) Ball valve operation is faulty.
Check with the ball valve fully open.
7) The thermistor is faulty.
Check the thermistor’s resistance.
8) The control board’s thermistor in- Check the sensor’s temperature reading by the LED monitor.
put circuit is faulty.
–134–
Checking code
1505 Suction
pressure
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
<PUHY-200·250YMF-B>
•
1. Judging the state when the suction pressure reaches near 0kg/
cm2G (0MPa) during compressor operation by the low pressure saturation temperature (At •
cooling: TH2, at heating: TH3),
error stop will be commenced
displaying “1505”.
2. The outdoor unit once stops
entering into the 3-minutes restart mode if the state of 1 con- •
tinues for 3 minutes, and restarts after 3 minutes.
3. After restarting, if the same
state as 1 continues within 30
minutes from the stopping of 2,
error stop will be commenced
displaying “1505”.
4. Ineffective if the compressor
operating time (integrated) exceeds 60-minutes not detecting
trouble.
Operation while neglecting to open
ball valve. Especially for the ball
valve at low pressure side.
At cooling : Gas side ball valve
At heating : Liquid side ball valve
When plural systems are existing,
the low pressure abruptly drop at
indoor stopping by the erroneous
wiring of transmission line (different connection of transmission line
and refrigerant piping).
Temporary vacuum condition due
to refrigerant distribution unbalance
(insufficient refrigerant of low pressure line) immediately after charging refrigerant.
<PUHY-P200·250YMF-B>
<PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B>
1. Judging that the state when the
suction pressure reaches 0kg/
cm2G (0MPa) during compressor operation indicates high
pressure by the discharge temperature and low pressure saturation temperature, the back-up
control by gas bypassing will be
conducted.
Checking method & Countermeasure
Once vacuum operation protection is
commenced, do not attempt to
restart until taking the measures
below.
<Checking method>
• Check ball valve for neglecting to
open.
• Check extended piping for
clogging when ball valve is
opened.
• Check transmission line for erroneous wiring. (Confirm the correct wiring and piping connection between
indoor and outdoor units by operating indoor unit one by one.)
<Countermeasure>
• After checking with the above
method, make error reset by
power source reset.
• Then operate for 10~15-minutes
under the operation mode reverse
to that when the vacuum operation protection occurred (Heating
if error occurred in cooling, while
cooling if it occurred in heating),
and then enter into the ordinary
operation state.
2500 Leakage (water) When drain sensor detects flood- 1) Water leak due to humidifier or the Check water leaking of humidifier
abnormality
ing during drain pump OFF.
like in trouble.
and clogging of drain pan.
2502 Drain pump
abnormality
When indirect heater of drain sen- 1) Drain sensor sinks in water be- Check operations of drain pump.
sor is turned on, rise in temperacause drain water level rises due
ture is 20 deg. or less (in water) for
to drain water lifting-up mechanism
40 seconds, compared with the
trouble.
temperature detected before turning on the indirect heater.
2) Broken wire of indirect heater of Measure resistance of indirect heater
drain sensor.
of drain sensor.
(Normal: Approx. 82Ω between 1-3 of
CN50)
3) Detecting circuit (circuit board) Indoor board trouble if no other
trouble.
problems is detected.
2503 Drain sensor
abnormality
Short/open is detected during drain 1) Thermistor trouble.
Check resistance of thermistor.
pump operations. (Not detected 2) Poor contact of connector.
0˚C : 15kΩ 10˚C : 9.7kΩ
when drain pump is not operating.)
(insufficient insertion)
20˚C : 6.4kΩ 30˚C : 4.3kΩ
Short : 90˚C or more detected
3) Full-broken of half-broken therOpen : -40˚C or less detected
mistor wire.
4) Indoor unit circuit board (detecting Check contact of connector.
circuit) trouble.
Indoor port trouble if no other
problem is detected.
Operation of
float switch
When float switch operates (point 1) Drain up input trouble.
Check drain pump operations.
of contact : OFF), error stop is observed with code No. “2503” dis- 2) Poor contact of float switch circuit. Check connect contact.
played.
3) Float switch trouble.
Check float switch operations.
–135–
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
4103 Reverse phase Reverse phase (or open phase) in 1) The phases of the power supply (L1,
abnormality
the power system is being deL2, L3) have been reversed.
tected, so operation cannot be
started.
Checking method & Countermeasure
If there is reverse phase before the
breaker, after the breaker or at the
power supply terminal blocks TB1 or
TB1A, reconnect the wiring.
2) Open phase has occurred in the Check before the breaker, after the
power supply (L1, L2, L3, N).
breaker or at the power supply terminal blocks TB1 or TB1A, and if there is
an open phase, correct the connections.
a) Check if a wire is disconnected.
b) Check the voltage between each
of the wires.
4115 Power supply
sync signal
abnoramlity
3) The wiring is faulty.
Check 1 the connections, 2, the contact at the connector, 3, the tightening
torque at screw tightening locations and
4 for wiring disconnections.
TB1~NF~TB1A~CNTR1~F3~
T01~CNTR
Refer to the circuit number and the wiring diagram plate.
4) The fuse is faulty.
If F3 or F1 on the MAIN board is melted,
(Resistance between both ends of the
fuse is ∞), replace the fuses.
5) T01 is faulty.
To judge failure of the T01, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
6) The circuit board is faulty.
If none of the items in 1) to 5) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the MAIN board (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the connectors, etc. securely).
The frequency cannot be deter- 1) There is an open phase in the power
mined when the power is switched
supply (L1, L2, L3, N).
on.
(The power supply’s frequency
cannot be detected. The outdoor
fan cannot be controlled by phase
control.)
2) The power supply voltage is distorted.
Check before the breaker, after the
breaker or at the power supply terminal blocks TB1 or TB1A, and if there is
an open phase, correct the connections.
If the power supply voltage waveform
is distorted from a sine wave, improve
the power supply environment.
3) A fuse is defective.
If F1 on the MAIN board, or F3 is
melted, (Resistance between both
ends of the fuse is ∞), replace the fuses.
4) T01 is defective.
To judge failure of the T01, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
5) The circuit board is defective.
If none of the items in 1) to 4) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the MAIN board (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the connectors, ground wires,
etc. securely).
–136–
Checking code
4116 Fan speed
abnormality
(motor
abnoramlity)
4200 VDC·IDC
sensor/circuit
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
(Detects only for PKFY-VAM)
1. Detecting fan speed below
180rpm or over 2000rpm during fan operation at indoor unit
(first detection) enters into the
3-minute restart prevention
mode to stop fan for 30 seconds.
2. When detecting fan speed below 180rpm or over 2000rpm
again at fan returning after 30
seconsd from fan stopping, error stop (fan also stops) will be
commenced displaying 4116.
Cause
1) Slipping off of fan speed detecting connector (CN33) of indoor
controller board.
Checking method & Countermeasure
•
Confirm slipping off of connector
(CN33) on indoor controller
board.
2) Slipping off of fan output connec- •
tor (FAN1) of indoor power board.
Confirm slipping off of connector
(FAN1) on indoor power board.
3) Disconnection of fan speed
detecting connector (CN33) of
indoor controller board, or that of
fan output connector (FAN1) of
indoor power board.
•
Check wiring for disconnection.
4) Filter cologging.
•
Check filter.
5) Trouble of indoor fan motor.
•
Check indoor fan motor.
6) Faulty fan speed detecting circuit
of indoor controller board, or
faulty fan output circuit of indoor
power board.
• When aboves have no trouble.
1) For trouble after operating fan.
Replace indoor controller board. If
not remedied, replace indoor
power board.
2) For trouble without operating fan.
Replace indoor power board.
1 If VDC 304 V is detected just 1) Power supply voltage is abnormal.
before the inverter starts.
2 If VDC 750 V is detected just
before starting of and during
operation of the inverter.
•
•
Check if an instantaneous power
failure or power failure, etc. has
occurred.
Check if the voltage is the rated
voltage value.
2) The wiring is defective.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors, 3 tightening torque
at screw tightened portions, 4, wiring
polarities, 5, for broken wires, and 6,
for grounding in the following wiring.
TB1A~DS~[52C, R1, R5]~[C2,
C3]~TRM Wiring
TRM~CNVDC Wiring
* Check if the wiring polarities are
as shown on the electric wiring
diagram plate.
3) The rush current prevention
resistors (R1, 5) are defective.
To judge failure of R1 and R5, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
4) The electromagnetic contactor
(52C) is defective.
To judge failure of the 52C, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
5) The diode stack (DS) is defective. To judge failure of the DS, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
6) The reactor (DCL) is defective.
To judge failure of the DCL, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
7) The INV board is defective.
If none of the items in 1) to 6) is
applicable, and if the trouble
reappears even after the power is
switched on again, replace the INV
board (when replacing the circuit
board, be sure to connect all the
connectors, ground wires, etc.
securely).
–137–
Checking code
4210 Breaking of
overcurrent
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1 If IDC 103 A peak is detected 1) The power supply voltage is abnor- •
during inverter operation.
mal.
2 If the voltage of the INV board’s
sensor circuit input is what it
•
should not normally be.
2) The wiring is defective.
Check if an instantaneous power
failure or power failure, etc. has occurred.
Check if the voltage is the rated voltage value.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors, 3 tightening torque
at screw tightened portions, 4, wiring
polarities, 5, for broken wires, and 6,
for grounding in the following wiring.
TB1A~DS~[52C, R1, R5]~[C2,
C3]~TRM Wiring
TRM~CNVDC Wiring
TRM~Compressor Wiring
[CN2-1, CN2-2, CN2-3, CN3]~TRM
Wiring
* Check if the wiring polarities are as
shown on the wiring diagram plate.
* Check the coil resistances and insulation resistance of the compressor.
3) The inverter/compressor is defec- Go to “Treatment of Inverter/Comprestive.
sor Related Trouble.”
4220 Bus voltage
abnormality
1 If VDC 400 V is detected dur- 1) The power supply voltage is abnor- •
ing inverter operation.
mal.
2 If VDC 800 V is detected dur•
ing inverter operation.
2) The wiring is defective.
Check if an instantaneous stop or
power failure, etc. has occurred.
Check if the voltage is the rated voltage value.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors, 3 tightening torque
at screw tightened portions, 4, wiring
polarities, 5, for broken wires, and 6,
for grounding in the following wiring.
TB1A~DS~[52C, R1, R5]~[C2,
C3]~TRM Wiring
TRM~CNVDC Wiring
* Check if the wiring polarities are as
shown on the wiring diagram plate.
3) The rush current prevention resis- To judge failure of R1 and R5, go to
tors (R1, 5) are defective.
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
4) The electromagnetic contactor To judge failure of the 52 C, go to “In(52C) is defective.
dividual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
5) The diode stack (DS) is defective. To judge failure of the DS, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
6) The reactor (DCL) is defective.
To judge failure of the DCL, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
7) The inverter output is grounded.
•
•
8) The circuit board is defective.
–138–
Check the wiring between the TRM
and the compressor.
Check the compressor’s insulation
resistance.
If none of the items in 1) to 7) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the INV board (when replacing
the circuit board, be sure to connect all
the connectors, ground wires, etc. securely).
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
4230 Radiator panel If the cooling fan stays ON for 5 1) The wiring is defective.
overheat
minutes or longer during inverter
protection
operation, and if THHS
100°C
is detected.
Checking method & Countermeasure
Check 1 connections, 2 contact at the
connectors and 3 for broken wires in
the following wiring.
MF1~CNFAN
2) The INV boar’s fuse (F01) is de- If the fuse is defective, replace the fuse.
fective.
3) The cooling fan (MF1) is defective. To judge failure of the MF1, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
4240 Overcurrent
protection
4) The THHS sensor is defective.
To judge failure of the THHS, go to
error code “5110”.
5) The air passage is clogged.
If the air passage of the heat sink is
clogged, clear the air passage.
6) The INV board is defective.
If none of the items in 1) to 5) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears
even after the power is switched on
again, replace the INV board (when
replacing the circuit board, be sure to
connect all the connectors, ground
wires, etc. securely).
If IDC
66.5 A peak is detected 1) Air passage short cycle.
continuously for 10 minutes during
operation of the inverter after 5 or 2) The heat exchanger is clogged.
more seconds have passed since
the inverter started.
3) Power supply voltage.
Is the unit’s exhaust short cycling?
Clean the heat exchanger.
If the power supply voltage is less than
342 V, it is outside specifications.
4) External air temperature.
If the external air temperature is over
43°C it is outside the specifications.
5) Capacity setting error.
• Is the indoor unit capacity total correct?
• Are the outdoor/indoor unit capacity settings correct?
6) The THHS sensor is defective.
To judge failure of the THHS, go to the
item for error code “5110.”
7) The solenoid valves (SV1, 2) are To judge failure of the solenoid valve,
defective, or the solenoid valve go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgdrive circuit is defective.
ment Methods” for the “Solenoid Valve.”
8) The wiring is defective.
Check 1 connections, 2 contact at the
connectors and 3 for broken wires in
the following wiring.
TB1A~[F1, F2]~SCRM~CN04~
CNMF~MF
TB1A~CNTR1
CNU~SCRM
CNV~SCRM
CNW~SCRM
CNFC1~CNFC2
9) Fan motor (MF) operation is defec- Go to “Treating Fan Motor Related
tive.
Trouble.”
10)The inverter/compressor is defec- Go to “Treating Inverter/Compressor
tive.
Related Trouble.”
11)The circuit board is defective.
–139–
If none of the items in 1) to 10) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears
even after the power is switched on
again, replace the INV board (when
replacing the circuit board, be sure to
connect all the connectors, ground
wires, etc. securely).
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
4260 Cooling fan
abnormality
If the heat sink temperature (THHS)
60°C for 20 minutes or longer just
before the inverter starts.
5101
Discharge
(TH1)
5102
5103
5105
5106
5107
5108
Thermal sensor abnormality (Outdoor Unit)
5104
<Other than THHS>
1 A short in the thermistor or an
open circuit was sensed. The
Low
outdoor unit switches to the
pressure
temporary stop mode with resaturation
starting after 3 minutes, then if
(TH2)
the temperature detected by the
thermistor just before restarting
Accumulater
is in the normal range, restartliquid level
ing takes place.
(TH3)
2 If a short or open circuit in the
thermistor is detected just beAccumulater
fore restar ting, error code
liquid level
“5101”, “5102”, “5103”, “5104”,
(TH4)
“5105”, “5106”, “5108”, “5109”
or “5112” is displayed.
Heat
3 In the 3 minute restart mode,
exchanger
the abnormal stop delay LED is
inlet pipe
displayed.
(TH5)
4 The above short or open circuit
is not detected for 10 minutes
Ambient
after the compressor starts, or
temperafor 3 minutes during defrosting
ture (TH6)
or after recovery following defrosting.
Heat
<THHS>
exchanger If a heat sink (THHS) temperature
outlet pipe of -40°C is detected just after the
(TH7)
inverter starts or during inverter
operation.
SC coil
bypass
outlet
(TH8)
5109
CS circuit
(TH9)
5110
Radiator
panel
(TH HS)
5112
Compressor shell
temperature
(TH10)
Thermal sensor abnormality (BC controlled)
5111
Bypass
inlet
(TH15)
Intermediate section
(TH16)
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Same as “4230.”
Same as “4230.”
1) Thermistor
Check the thermistor’s resistance.
2) Lead wires are being pinched.
Check if the lead wires are pinched.
3) Insulation is torn.
Check for tearing of the insulation.
4) A connector pin is missing, or there Check if a pin is missing on the connector.
is faulty contact.
5) A wire is disconnected.
Check if a wire is disconnected.
6) The thermistor input circuit on the
MAIN circuit board is faulty.
(In the case of the THHS, replace
the INV board.)
Check the temperature picked up by
the sensor using the LED monitor.
If the deviation from the actual temperature is great, replace the MAIN circuit board.
(In the case of the THHS, replace the
INV board.)
Short Circuit Detection
TH1
TH2
TH3
TH4
TH5
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH9
THHS
TH10
240°C or higher (0.57 kΩ)
70°C or higher (1.71 kΩ)
70°C or higher (1.14 kΩ)
70°C or higher (1.14 kΩ)
110°C or higher (0.4 kΩ)
110°C or higher (0.4 kΩ)
110°C or higher (1.14 kΩ)
70˚C or higher (1.14 kΩ)
70°C or higher (1.14 kΩ)
–
240°C or higher (0.57 kΩ)
Open Circuit Detection
15°C or lower (321 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ)
-40°C or lower (2.5 MΩ)
-15°C or lower (1656 kΩ)
* TH2, TH9, TH10 : P-YMF-B only
Liquid inlet 1. When short (high temp. inlet) or
(TH11)
open (low temperature inlet) of
thermistor is detected during
Bypass
operation, error stop will be
outlet
commenced displaying “5111”
(TH12)
or “5112”, “5113” or “5114”, or
“5115” or “5116.
HEX inlet 2. The above detectection is not
liquid level
made during defrostig and 3detecting
minute after changing operation
(TH13)
mode.
HEX outlet
liquid level
detecting
(TH14)
Cause
1) Thermistor trouble.
Check thermistor resistance.
2) Biting of lead wire.
Check lead wire biting.
3) Broken cover.
Check broken cover.
4) Coming off of pin at connector por- Check coming off of pin at connector.
tion, poor contact.
Check broken wire.
5) Broken wire.
6) Faulty thermistor input circuit of Check sensor sensing temperature. If
it deviates from the actual temerature
control board.
seriously, replace control panel.
TH11
TH12
TH13
TH14
TH15
TH16
Short Detected
Open Detected
110°C or more (0.4 kΩ)
110°C or more (0.4 kΩ)
–
110°C or more (1.14 kΩ)
70°C or more (1.14 kΩ)
70°C or more (0.4 kΩ)
-40°C or less (130 kΩ)
-40°C or less (130 kΩ)
-40°C or less (130 kΩ)
-40°C or less (130 kΩ)
-40°C or less (130 kΩ)
-40°C or less (130 kΩ)
–140–
Checking code
5201 Pressure
sensor
abnormality
(outdoor unit)
Meaning, detecting method
1 When pressue sensor detects
1kg/cm2G (0.098MPa) or less during operation, outdoor unit once
stops with 3 minutes restarting
mode, and restarts if the detected
pressure of pressure sensor exceeds 1kg/cm 2G (0.098MPa)
imediately before restarting.
Cause
1) Pressutre sensor trouble.
Checking method & Countermeasure
See Troubleshooting of pressure
sensor.
2) Inner pressure drop due to a leakage.
3) Broken cover.
4) Coming off of pin at connector portion, poor contact.
5) Broken wire.
2 If the detected pressure of sen- 6) Faulty thermistor input circuit of
sor is less than 1kg/cm 2 G
MAIN board.
(0.098MPa) immediately before
restarting, error stop is commenced displaying 5201.
3 Under 3 minutes restarting
mode, LED displays intermittent
fault check.
5201
5203
Pressure sensor abnormality (BC controller)
4 During 3 minutes after compressor start, defrosting and 3
minutes after defrosting operations, trouble detection is ignored.
High
pressure
side
When high or intermidiate pressure
sensor
detects
1kg/cm 2 G
(0.098MPa) or less immediately before starting, error stop is comIntermedi- menced displaying “5201”, or
ate
“5203”.
5301 IDC sensor/
circuit
abnormality
•
•
1) Pressure sensor trouble.
See troubleshooting of pressure
sensor.
2) Inner pressure drop due to gas leak.
3) Broken cover.
4) Coming off of pin at connector portion, poor contact.
5) Broken wire.
6) Faulty pressure sensor input circuit
of control board.
If IDC 20 A peak is detected 1) Contact is faulty.
just before the inverter starts, or
If IDC 10 A peak is detected
during inverter operation after 2) The current sensor (DCCT) is con5 seconds has passed since the
nected with reverse polarity.
inverter started when the INV
board’s SW1-1 is OFF.
3) An error was made in the SW1-1
setting.
Check the contacts of CNCT on the
INV board.
Check the DCCT polarity.
•
•
With SW1-1 OFF, is the inverter’s
output wiring open?
With SW1-1 OFF, is a compressor
which is not specified for this model
connected to the inverter’s output?
4) The INV board is defective. The If none of the items in 1) to 3) is applicurrent sensor (DCCT) is defective. cable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the INV board and the DCCT
(when replacing the circuit board, be
sure to connect all the connectors,
ground wires, etc. securely) by the following procedure.
1 Replace the INV board only. If it recovers, the INV board is defective.
2 If it does not recover, reinstall the
INV board and replace the DCCT.
If it recovers, the DCCT is defective.
If it does not recover after 1 and 2
above, both the INV board and the
DCCT are defective.
–141–
Checking code
7130 Different
indoor model
connected
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
An exclusive R22 refrigerant indoor 1) An error was made in the MAIN If the model name plate on the outdoor
unit was connected to a R407C
board of the outdoor unit (replaced unit says that it is an exclusive R22
model, and if error “7130” has occurred,
refrigerant outdoor unit.
with the wrong circuit board).
the MAIN board for the outdoor unit is
a R407C model circuit board, so replace it with the MAIN board for the R22
model.
2) An error was made in selecting the If the model name plate for the indoor
unit is an exclusive R22 model, install
indoor unit (installation error).
a unit which can also operate with
R407C.
3) An error was made in the indoor If the model name plate on the indoro
unit’s circuit board (replaced with unit indicates that it is also capable of
the wrong circuit board).
operating with R407C, and error “7130”
occurs, the indoor unit’s circuit board
is for an exclusive R22 model, so replace it with the circuit board for a unit
which is also capable of using R407C.
–142–
(2)
Communication/system
Checking
code
6600
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Two or more controllers of outdoor At the genration of 6600 error, release the error by
unit, indoor unit, remote controller, remote controller (with stop key) and start again.
BC controller, etc. have the same a) If the error occures again within 5 minutes.
Transmission from units with the
address.
→ Search for the unit which has the same address
same address is detected.
2) In the case that signal has changed
with that of the source of the trouble.
due to noise entered into the transNote:
mission signal.
When the same address is found, turn off
The address/attribute
the power source of outdoor unit, BC conshown on remote
troller, and indoor unit for 5 minutes or more
controller indicates the
after modifying the address, and then turn
controller which has
on it again.
detected error.
Multiple address error
b) When no trouble is generated even continuing
operation over 5 minutes.
→ The transmission wave shape/noise on the
transmission line should be investigated in accordance with <Investigation method of transmission wave shape/noise>.
6602
Transmission processor hardware 1) At the collision of mutual transmission data generated during the wiring work or polarity
error
change of the transmission line of indoor or outdoor unit while turning the power source
on, the wave shape is changed and the error is detected.
Though transmission processor 2) 100V power source connection to indoor unit or BC controller.
intends to transmit “0”, “1” is dis- 3) Ground fault of transmission line.
played on transmission line.
4) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40) of plural outdoor units at the grouping of
plural refrigerant systems.
Note:
5) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40) of plural outdoor units in the connection
The address/attribute
system with MELANS.
shown on remote
6) Faulty controller of unit in trouble.
controller indicates the
7) Change of transmission data due to the noise in transmission.
controller which has
8) Connection system with plural refrigerant systems or MELANS for which voltage is not
detected error.
applied on the transmission line for central control.
–143–
Checking
code
6602
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
Transmission processor hardware Checking method and processing
error
YES
Transmission line
installed while turning
power source on?
Shut off the power source of outdoor/indoor units/BC controller and make it again.
NO
Check power source of indoor
unit.
NO
220V ~ 240V?
Erroneous power
source work
YES
Check transmission line
work and shield finish
Ground fault or shield
contacted with transmission
line?
YES
Erroneous transmission work
NO
System composition?
Single refrigerant
system
Plural refrigerant
system
MELANS connected
system
Confirm supply power
connector CN40 of outdoor unit
YES
Only 1 set with
CN40 inserted?
Confirm supply power
connector CN40 of outdoor unit
NO
CN40 inserted?
YES
Modification of CN40
insertion method.
* For the investigation method, follow <Investigation method of transmission wave shape/noise>
Investigation of transmission line noise
Noise exist?
Replace insertion
of CN40 to CN41
YES
Investigation of the
cause of noise
NO
Faulty controller of
generating unit
Modification of
faulty point
6603
Transmission circuit bus-busy er- 1) As the voltage of short frequency like a) Check transmission wave shape/noise on transmission line by following <Investigation method
noise is mixed in transmission line
ror
of transmission wave shape/noise>.
continuously, transmission processor
1 Collision of data transmission:
→ No noise indicates faulty controller of generatcan not transmit.
Transmission can not be pering unit.
formed for 4~10 consecutive 2) Faulty controller of generating unit.
→ Noise if existed, check the noise.
minutes due to collision of data
transmission.
2 Data can not be transmitted on
transmission line due to noise
for 4~10 consecutive minutes.
Note:
The address/attribute
shown on remote
controller indicates the
controller which has
detected error.
–144–
Checking
code
6606
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
Communications with transmis- 1) Data is not properly transmitted due Turn off power sources of indoor unit, BC controller
sion processor error
to casual errouneous operation of and outdoor unit.
the generating controller.
When power sources are turned off sepaCommunication trouble between 2) Faulty generating controller.
rately, microcomputer is not reset and norapparatus processor and transmal operations can not be restored.
mission processor.
→ Controller trouble is the source of the trouble
when the same trouble is observed again.
Note:
The address/attribute
shown on remote
controller indicates the
controller which has
detected error.
–145–
Checking
code
6607
Meaning, detecting method
No ACK error
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second interval by
transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
1 Outdoor Remote
No reply
unit (OC) controller (ACK) at
(RC)
BC
transmission to OC
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the controller
not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1) Poor contact of transmission line of OC or BC.
2) Damping of transmission line voltage/signal
by acceptable range of transmission wiring
exceeded.
Farthest
: Less than 200m
Remote controller wiring : Less than 10m
Shut down OC unit power source, and
make it again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
(1) Single refrigerant system
3) Erroneous sizing of transmission line (Not
within the range below).
Wire diameter : 1.25mm2 or more
4) Faulty control circuit board of OC.
2 BC
Remote
No reply
1) When Fresh Master address is changed or
controller controller (ACK) at IC
modified during operation.
(BC)
(RC)
transmis2) Faulty or slipping off of transmission wiring of
sion to BC
BC controller.
3) Slipping off of BC unit connector (CN02).
4) Faulty BC controller circuit board.
Shut down both OC and BC power sources simultaneously for 5 minutes or
more, and make them again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
3 Indoor
unit (IC)
1) When IC unit address is changed or modified
during operation.
2) Faulty or slipping off of transmission wiring of
IC.
3) Slipping off of IC unit connector (CN2M).
4) Faulty IC unit controller.
5) Faulty remote controller.
Shut down both OC and BC power sources simultaneously for 5 minutes or
more, and make them again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
No reply
4 Remote Remote
1) Faulty transmission wiring at IC unit side.
controller controller (ACK) at IC 2) Faulty transmission wiring of RC.
transmis(RC)
(RC)
3) When remote controller address is changed
sion to RC
or modified during operation.
4) Faulty remote controller.
Shut down OC power sources for 5 minutes or more, and make it again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
No reply
Remote
controller (ACK) at
RC
(RC)
transmission to IC
–146–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
6607 No ACK error
(continued)
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second
interval by transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
(2) Group operation system using plural refrigerants
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the
controller not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1 Outdoor Remote
unit (OC) controller (RC)
No reply
(ACK) at
BC
transmission to OC
As same that for single refrigerant system.
Same as measure for single refrigerant
system.
2 BC
Remote
controller control(BC)
ler (RC)
No replay
As same that for single refrigerant system.
(ACK) at IC
transmission to BC
Same as measure for single refrigerant
system.
3 Indoor
unit (IC)
No reply
(ACK) at
RC
transmission to IC
Remote
controller (RC)
4 Remote Remote
controller control(RC)
ler (RC)
1) Cause of 1) ~ 5) of “Cause for single refriger- a) Shut down the power source of both
ant system”.
IC and OC for over 5 minutes simul2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
taneously, and make them again.
of OC terminal block for centralized control
Normal state will be returned incase
(TB7).
of accidental trouble.
3) Shut down of OC unit power source of one b) Check for 1) ~ 5) of causes. If cause
re-frigerant system.
is found, remedy it.
4) Neglecting insertion of OC unit power supply c) Check other remote controller or OC
connector (CN40).
unit LED for troubleshooting for
5) Inserting more than 2 sets of power supply
trouble.
connector (CN40) for centralized control use.
Trouble
→ Modify the trouble acFor generation after normal operation conductcording to the content
ed once, the following causes can be considerof check code.
ed.
No trouble → Faulty indoor con• Total capacity error
(7100)
troller
• Capacity code setting error
(7101)
• Connecting set number error
(7102)
• Address setting error
(7105)
1) Cause of 1) ~ 3) of “Cause for single refri- a) Shut down the power source of OC
No reply
gerant system”.
(ACK) at IC
for over 5 minute, and make it again.
2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
transmisNormal state will be returned in case
of OC terminal block for centralized con-trol
sion to RC
of accidental trouble.
(TB7).
b) Check for 1) ~ 5) of causes. If cause
3) Shut down of OC unit power source of one
is found, remedy it.
refrigerant system.
When normal state can not be ob4) Neglecting insertion of OC unit power supply
tained, check 1) ~ 5) of causes.
connector (CN40).
5) Inserting more than 2 sets of power supply
connector(CN40) for centralized control use.
At generation after normal operation conducted
once, the following causes can be considered.
• Total capacity error
(7100)
• Capacity code setting error
(7101)
• Connecting set number error
(7102)
• Address setting error
(7105)
–147–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
6607 No ACK error
(continued)
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second
interval by transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
(3) Connecting system with system controller (MELANS)
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the
controller not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1 Outdoor Remote No reply
unit (OC) controller (ACK) at
(RC)
BC
transmission to OC
As same that for single refrigerant system.
2 BC
Remote No reply
controller controller (ACK) at
(BC)
(RC)
RC
transmission to IC
Same cause of that for grouping from plural re- Same countermeasure as that for IC unit
frigerants.
error in plural refrigerant system.
3 Indoor
unit (IC)
Trouble of partial IC units:
→ Same countermeasure as that for
1) Same cause as that for single refrigerant
single refrigerant system.
system.
Remote No reply
controller (ACK) at
(RC)
transmission
of SC to IC
Same countermeasure as that for single
refrigerant system.
Trouble of all IC in one refrigerant system:
Confirm OC trouble diagnosis LED.
1) Cause of total capacity error.
(7100) → At trouble generation, check for the
2) Cause of capacity code setting error. (7101)
content according to check code.
3) Cause of connecting number error. (7102) Check the content of 5)~7) shown left.
4) Cause of address setting error.
(7105)
5) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
of OC unit terminal block for central control
(TB7).
6) Power source shut down of OC unit.
7) Trouble of OC unit electrical system.
Trouble of all IC:
1) As same that for single refrigerant system.
2) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40)
into OC unit transmission line for centralized
control.
3) Slipping off or power source shut down of
power supply unit for transmission line.
4) Faulty system controller (MELANS).
Confirm voltage of transmission line for
centralized control.
• More than 20V → Confirm 1) 2) left.
• Less than 20V → Confirm 3) left.
4 Remote Remote No reply
Same cause as that for plural refrigerant system. Same countermeasure as that for plurcontroller controller (ACK) at
al refrigerant system.
(RC)
(RC)
transmission
of IC to RC
No reply
(ACK) at
transmission of
MELANS to
RC
Trouble of partial IC units:
→ Same countermeasure as that for
1) Same cause of that for single refrigerant syssingle refrigerant system.
tem.
Trouble of all IC in one refrigerant system:
Confirm OC trouble diagnosis LED.
1) Error detected by OC unit.
→ At trouble generation, check for the
Total capacity error.
(7100)
content according to check code.
Capacity code setting error. (7101)
Connecting number error. (7102)
Address setting error.
(7105)
2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line Check the content of 2)~4) shown left.
of OC unit terminal block for central control
(TB7).
3) Power source shut down of OC unit.
4) Trouble of OC unit electrical system.
Trouble of all IC:
Check the causes of 1) ~ 4) left.
1) As same that for single refrigerant system.
2) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40)
into OC unit transmission line for central-ized
control.
3) Slipping off or power shutdown of power supply unit for transmission line.
4) Faulty MELANS.
–148–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
6607 No ACK error
(continued)
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second
interval by transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
(3) Connecting system with system controller (MELANS)
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
5 System
Remote No reply
controller controller (ACK) at
(SC)
(RC)
transmission of IC
to SC
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the
controller not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
Trouble of partial remote controller:
Check 1) ~ 3) left.
1) Faulty wiring of RC transmission line.
2) Slipping off or poor contact of RC transmission connector.
3) Faulty RC.
Trouble of all IC in one refrigerant system.
Confirm OC trouble diagnosis LED.
1) Error detected by OC unit.
→ At trouble generation, check for the
Total capacity error
(7100)
content according to check code.
Capacity code setting error
(7101)
Check the content of 2) ~ 4) shown left.
Connecting number error
(7102)
Address setting error
(7105)
2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
of OC unit terminal block for central control
(TB7).
3) Power source shut down of OC unit.
4) Trouble of OC unit electrical system.
Trouble of all RC:
Check the causes 1)~4) left.
1) As same that for single refrigerant system.
2) Inserting supply power connector (CN40) to
OC transmission line for centralized control.
3) Slipping off or power shutdown of power supply unit for transmission line.
4) Faulty MELANS.
-
-
1) IC unit is keeping the memory of the original
group setting with RC although the RC address was changed later.
The same symptom will appear for the registration with SC.
2) IC unit is keeping the memory of the original
interlocking registration with Fresh Master with
RC although the Fresh Master address was
changed later.
No relation with system
Address
which
should not
be existed
As some IC units are keeping the
memory of the address not existing, delete the information.
Employ one of the deleting method
among two below.
1) Deletion by remote controller.
Delete unnecessary information by
the manual setting function of remote
controller.
2) Deletion by connecting information
deleting switch of OC unit.
Be careful that the use of this
method will delete all the group information set with RC and all the
interlocking information of Fresh
Master and IC unit.
1 Shut down OC unit power source,
and wait for 5 minutes.
2 Turn on the dip switch SW2-2 provided on OC unit control circuit
board.
3 Make OC unit power source, and
wait for 5 minutes.
4 Shut down OC unit power source,
and wait for 5 minutes.
5 Turn off the dip switch SW2-2 provided on OC unit control circuit
board.
6 Make OC unit power source.
–149–
Checking
code
6608
Meaning, detecting method
No response error
Though acknowledgement of receipt (ACK) is received after
transmission, no response command is returned.
Detected as error by transmission
side when the same symptom is
re-peated 10 times with an interval of 3 seconds.
Note:
The address/attribute
shown on remote controller indicates the controller which has detected
error.
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) At the collision of mutual transmis- a) Generation at test run.
sion data when transmission wiring
Turn off the power sources of OC unit, IC unit
is modified or the polarity is
and Fresh Master for more than 5 minutes sichanged while turning the power
multaneously, and make them again.
source on, the wave shape changes
→ Returning to normal state means the trouble
detecting error.
detection due to transmission line work while
2) Repeating of transmission error due
powering.
to noise.
3) Damping of transmission line volt- b) Check 3) and 4) of the causes left.
age/signal due to exceeding of the
acceptable range for transmission c) Investigate the transmission wave shape/noise
wiring.
on transmission line according to <Investigation
• Farthest
Less than 200m
method of transmission wave shape/noise>.
• RC wiring
Less than 12m
4) Damping of transmission voltage/
Much possibility if 6602 is generated.
signal due to improper type of
transmission line.
• Wire size : More than 1.25mm2
(3) System error
Checking
code
7100
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
Total capacity error
1) Total capacity of indoor units in the a) Check for the model total (capacity cord total) of
same refrigerant system exceeds
indoor units connected.
Total capacity of indoor units in
the following:
b) Check whether indoor unit capacity code (SW2)
the same refrigerant system exis wrongly set.
Model
Total capacity Total capacity code
ceeds limitations.
For erroneous switch setting, modify it, turn off
PURY-(P)200
302
62
Trouble source:
power source of outdoor unit, and indoor unit
PURY-(P)250
378
78
Outdoor unit
simultaneously for 5 minutes or more to modify
PU(H)Y-(P)200
260
52
the switch for setting the model name (capacity
coad).
PU(H)Y-(P)250
325
65
2) Erroneous setting of OC model se- Check for the model selector switch (Dip switches
lector switch (SW3-10).
SW3-10 on outdoor unit control circuit) of OC.
ON ..... 250
OFF ... 200
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SW3
7101
Capacity code error
1) The Indoor unit model name (model a) Check for the model name of the Indoor unit
code) connected is not connectable.
connected.
Error display at erroneous conConnectable range.....20~250
nection of Indoor unit of which
b) Check for the switch (SW2 if indoor controller
model name can not be con- 2) Erroneous setting of the switch
for setting of Indoor unit model name of genernected.
(SW2) for setting of model name of
ating address. When it is not agreed to the model
Indoor unit connected.
name, modify the capacity code while shutting
Trouble source :
off the power source of Indoor unit.
Outdoor unit
* The capacity of Indoor unit can be confirmed by
Indoor unit
the self-diagnosios function (SW1 operation) of
Indoor unit.
7102
Connected unit count over
1) Number of unit connected to termi- a) Check whether the connection of units to the
nal block (TB3) for outdoor/indoor
terminal block for indoor/outdoor transmission
Number of units connected in the
transmission line exceeds limitawiring (TB3) of outdoor unit is not exceeding the
same refrigerant system exceeds
tions given be-lows:
limitation.
limitations.
(See 1 ~ 2 left.)
Item
Limitation
b) Check for 2), 3), and 4).
Trouble source:
c) Check for the connection of transmission wiring
1 Total of
1~13 (PUHY-200)
Indoor unit
1~16 (PUHY-250)
Outdoor unit
to the terminal block for centralized control is
1~15 (PURY-200)
erroneously connected to the indoor/outdoor
1~16 (PURY-250)
transmission wiring terminal block (TB3).
2 Total of Indoor
unit & RC
3 Total of BC
controller
1~35
1
–150–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
7102
Connected unit count over
2) The Outdoor unit address is being a) Check for the model total (capacity code total)
set to 51~100 under automatic adof indoor units connected.
dress mode (Remote controller displays “HO”).
3) Slipping off of transmission wiring
at Outdoor unit.
4) Short circuit of transmission line in
case of 3) & 4), remote controller
displays “HO”.
7105
Address setting error
1) Setting error of Outdoor unit ad• Erroneous setting of OC unit
dress.
address
The address of Outdoor unit is not
• Erroneous setting of BC conbeing set to 51~100.
troller address
2) The address of BC controller is not
being set within 51~100.
Trouble source :
Outdoor unit
BC controller
7107
Connection No. setting error
1) Indoor unit capacity per connector a) Check indoor unit connection No. in refrigerant
Can not operate because connecjoint is exceeded as follows:
circuit.
tion No. of indoor unit wrongly set.
Single connection
:
1 No four or more indoor units which are set
81 or more
for the same connection No. A?
Trouble source :
Two connection joint
:
2 Check total capacity of indoor units which
BC controller
161 or more
are set for the same connections No. Judged as
Three connection joint :
trouble when it applies to Cause 1).
241 or more
3 Check whether the smallest connection No.
Four connection joint
:
is set when used at joint.
321 or more
b) Check whether indoor unit capacity code (SW2)
2) Four or more indoor units are set
is wrongly set. (Keep factory shipment condition.)
for the same connection.
For erroneous switch setting, modify it, turn off
the power source of outdoor unit, and indoor unit
3) The smallest connection No. has not
simultaneously for 5 minutes or more, and then
been set when used at joint.
turn on.
7111
Remote control sensor error
1) In case when the old type remote a) Replace the old remote controller by the new
Error not providing the temperacontroller for M-NET is used and the
remote controller.
ture designed to remote controlremote controller sensor is deler sensor.
signed on indoor unit. (SW1-1
turned ON)
Trouble source :
Indoor unit
7130
Different Indoor model and BC A indoor unit not for the R407C (model: Use the P••• indoor unit.
controller connected error
P•••) is connected.
–151–
Check that the address of OC unit is being set to
51~100.
Reset the address if it stays out of the range, while
shutting the power source off.
When BC controller is out of the range, reset it while
shutting the power source of both OC unit and BC
controller off.
[4] LED Monitor Display
(1) How to read LED for service monitor
By setting of DIP SW1-1 ~ 1-8, the unit operating condition can be observed with the service LED on the control circuit
board. (For the relation of each DIP SW to the content, see the table provided.)
As shown in the figure below, the LED consist of 7 segments is put in 4 sets side by side for numerical and graphic
display.
OC
IC
:
:
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
SV
LEV
COMP
:
:
:
Solenoid valve
THHS
Electronic expansion valve
Compressor
SW1
E
:
:
Outdoor unit control circuit board
Memory storage for service activities (sampling per minute)
:
Inverter radiator panel
7 seg LED
The numerical display includes that of pressure, temperature or the like, while the graphic display includes that of
operating condition, solenoid valve ON/OFF state or the like.
• Numerical display
Example : display at 18.8kg/cm2G (1.84MPa) of pressure sensor data (Item No. 56)
• Graphic display (Two LEDs aligned vertically express a flag.)
Example : At forcible powering in outdoor unit operation display
–152–
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
E: E2 Contents stored in the E2PROM; M: Monitored by the IC through communications; E*: Stored in service memory.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
0 0000000000 Relay Output
Display 1 (Lights
up to display)
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater ON
ing
SV1
Remarks
LD6
LD7
SV2
Lights for LD8 is a relay output indicator which
Normal
lights up at all times when the
Operation microcomputer’s power is ON.
When sending of a monitoring request to IC/BC is terminated, if there
is no error, “- - - -” is displayed. E*
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
Check Display 1
OC Error
1 1000000000 Relay Output
Display 2
LD8
SSR
E*
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
2 0100000000 Check Display 2
(Including the IC)
If there is no error,
“- - - -” is displayed. E*
3 1100000000
4 0010000000
5 1010000000
6 0110000000 External Signal
(Signal being
input)
Auto
Auto
changeover changeover
mode (cooling) mode (heating)
E*
7 1110000000 Outdoor Unit
Operation Display
Warmup
mode
3 minutes,
ComPrelimi- Error
restart
pressor nary
protection mode operating Error
E*
8 0001000000 Indoor Unit Check Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
9 1001000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No.14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
10 0101000000 Indoor Unit
Operation Mode
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
11 1101000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No.14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
12 0011000000 Indoor Unit
Thermostat ON
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
13 1011000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No.14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
Lights up if an abnormal stop
has occurred in the IC. The
indicator for Unit No. 1 goes off
when error reset is carried out
from the smallest address. M
Lights up during
cooling.
Blinks during heating.
Goes off during stop
and blower operation. M
Lights up when
thermostat is ON.
Goes off when
thermostat is OFF.
M
14 0111000000
15 1111000000 Outdoor Unit
Operation Mode
Permis- Standby Defrost Cooling
sible Stop
16 0000100000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Cooling
Refrigerant
Recovery
17 1000100000 Preliminary Error
in Outdoor Unit
High
Low
Discharge Overcurrent Heat Sink Overcurrent INV
Pressure Pressure Tempera- Protection Thermostat Break
Error
Error 1, 2 Error 1, 2 ture Error
Operating
18 0100100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
pressur Detection
temperaError
Error
ture Error
Reverse
Phase, Open
Phase Error
19 1100100000
TH1
Error
TH2
Error
TH3
Error
TH4
Error
TH5
Error
20 0010100000
TH7
Error
TH8
Error
TH9
Error
TH10
Error
LPS
Error
Heating
Refrigerant
Recovery
Heating
E*
Cooling Cooling Heating Heating
High Oil Low Oil High Oil Low Oil
Recovery Recovery Recovery Recovery
–153–
TH6
Error
HPS
Error
OverThe flag correspondcharged
ing to the item where
Refrigerant there is an error
delay lights up. E*
THHS
Error
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
21 1010100000 Outdoor Unit
Preliminary Error
History
High
Low
Outlet
Overcur- Heat Sink OvercurPressure Pressure Tempera- rent
Thermostat rent
Error 1, 2 Error
ture Error Protection Operation Break
22 0110100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
Reverse
pressure Detection
tempera- Phase, Open
Error
Error
ture Error Phase Error
23 1110100000
TH1
Error
TH2
Error
TH3
Error
TH4
Error
TH5
Error
24 0001100000
TH7
Error
TH8
Error
TH9
Error
TH10
Error
LPS
Error
25 1001100000 Error History 1
26 0101100000 Inverter Error Detail
27 1101100000 Error History 2
28 0011100000 Inverter Error Detail
29 1011100000 Error History 3
30 0111100000 Inverter Error Detail
31 1111100000 Error History 4
32 0000010000 Inverter Error Detail
33 1000010000 Error History 5
34 0100010000 Inverter Error Detail
35 1100010000 Error History 6
36 0010010000 Inverter Error Detail
37 1010010000 Error History 7
38 0110010000 Inverter Error Detail
39 1110010000 Error History 8
40 0001010000 Inverter Error Detail
41 1001010000 Error History 9
42 0101010000 Inverter Error Detail
43 1101010000 Error History 10
TH6
Error
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
LD7
HPS
Error
LD8
OverLights up if an error
charged
delay has occurred
Refrigerant between the time the
power was turned on
and the present time.
To turn the indicators
off, switch the power
OFF briefly.
THHS
E*
Error
The error and error
delay code are
displayed. If the
address and error
code are shown in
reverse, or there is
no error, “- - - -” is
displayed. E
If there is no error, “- - -” is displayed. E
E
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
44 0011010000 Inverter Error Detail
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
45 1011010000 Type of Inverter
Preliminary Error
(Details of the inverter
error in No. 17)
0 ~ 9999
If there is no error,
“- - - - ” is always
overwritten.
E*
46 0111010000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
47 1111010000 TH2 Data
↑
48 0000110000 TH3 Data
↑
49 1000110000 TH4 Data
↑
50 0100110000 TH5 Data
↑
51 1100110000 TH6 Data
↑
–154–
E*
No. 52 THHS
data are
monitored by
the inverter
microcomputer.
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
52 0010110000 THHS Data
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
-99.9 ~ 999.9
53 1010110000 HPS Data
↑
54 0110110000 TH7 Data
↑
55 1110110000 TH8 Data
↑
56 0001110000 TH9 Data
↑
57 1001110000 TH10 Data
↑
58 0101110000 LPS Data
↑
59 1101110000 α 0C
0 ~ 9.999
60 0011110000 α 0C*
↑
E*
61 1011110000 Accumulator Level 1 and 2 below are displayed alternately at every 5 seconds.
1 Accumulator Level: 0~9 (“AL=” is also displayed), 2 α 0C*: 0~9.999
α 0C*
∆ Hz
0
∆ Hz
+
62 0111110000 HzAK Increase/
Decrease
∆ Hz
–
63 1111110000 Difference from
Target Tc
(Tcm-Tc)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
64 0000001000 Difference from
Target Te
(Tem-Te)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
∆ AK
–
∆ AK
0
∆ AK
+
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
–
–
65 1000001000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
66 0100001000 Te
↑
67 1100001000 Tcm
↑
68 0010001000 Tem
↑
69 1010001000 Compressor Frequency
0 ~ 9999
Control Frequency E*
70 0110001000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
Frequency actually output from the inverter. E*
71 1110001000 AK
↑
E*
72 0001001000 SLEV
↑
73 1001001000 LEV1
↑
74 0101001000 FANCON Output
Value (Toff%)
↑
Displays the FANCON
output value used for
control. E*
-99.9 ~ 999.9
(M) Monitored by the
inverter’s microcomputer.
75 1101001000 DC Trunk Line
Current
76 0011001000 0C Address
0 ~ 9999
77 1011001000 IC1 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
78 0111001000 IC2 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
79 1111001000 IC3 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
80 0000101000 IC4 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
81 1000101000 IC5 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
82 0100101000 IC6 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
–155–
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 1
minute).
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
Remarks
LD6
LD7
83 1100101000 IC7 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
84 0010101000 IC8 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
85 1010101000 IC9 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
86 0110101000 IC10 Address/
Capacity Code
LD8
0 ~ 9999
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 1
minute).
87 1110101000 IC11 Address/
Capacity Code
88 0001101000 IC12 Address/
Capacity Code
89 1001101000 IC13 Address/
Capacity Code
90 0101101000 IC14 Address/
Capacity Code
91 1101101000 IC15 Address/
Capacity Code
92 0011101000 IC16 Address/
Capacity Code
93 1011101000 COMP Operation
Time,
Higher order 4 digits
0 ~ 9999
↑
94 0111101000 Lower order 4
digits
95 1111101000 Outdoor Unit
Operation\Mode
Permissible Standby Defrost Cooling
Stop
96 0000011000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Cooling
Refrigerant
Recovery
97 1000011000 Relay Output
Display 1
Lighting Display
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater
ing
ON
Heating
Refrigerant
Recovery
Heating
Cooling Cooling Heating Heating
High Oil Low Oil High Oil Low Oil
Recovery Recovery Recovery Recovery
SV1
SV2
98 0100011000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
99 1100011000 TH2 Data
↑
100 0010011000 TH3 Data
↑
101 1010011000 TH4 Data
↑
102 0110011000 TH5 Data
↑
103 1110011000 TH6 Data
↑
104 0001011000 HPS Data
↑
105 1001011000 THHS Data
↑
106 010101100 TH7 Data
↑
107 1101011000 TH8 Data
↑
108 0011011000 TH9 Data
↑
109 1011011000 TH10 Data
↑
110 0111011000 LPS Data
↑
111 1111011000 α 0C
E*
0 ~ 9.999
–156–
E
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
112 0000111000 α 0C*
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
0 ~ 9.999
113 1000111000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
114 0100111000 Te
↑
115 1100111000 Configuration
Correction Value
LD7
LD8
E
0 ~ 9999
116 0010111000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
117 1010111000 AK
↑
118 0110111000 SLEV
↑
119 1110111000 LEV1
↑
120 0001111000 DC Trunk Line
Current
121 1001111000 Outdoor Unit
Operation
Indicator
Remarks
LD6
-99.9 ~ 999.9
Warmup
mode
3-minute Restart Compres- Prelimi- Error
Protection mode sor
nary
Operating Error
122 0101111000
123 1101111000
124 0011111000
125 1011111000
126 0111111000
127 1111111000 Elapsed Time for
CS Circuit Closed
Detection
0 ~ 9999
128 0000000100 IC1 room
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
129 1000000100 IC2 room
Temperature
↑
130 0100000100 IC3 room
Temperature
↑
131 1100000100 IC4 room
Temperature
↑
132 0010000100 IC5 room
Temperature
↑
133 1010000100 IC6 room
Temperature
↑
134 0110000100 IC7 room
Temperature
↑
135 1110000100 IC8 room
Temperature
↑
136 0001000100 IC9 room
Temperature
↑
137 1001000100 IC10 room
Temperature
↑
138 0101000100 IC11 room
Temperature
↑
139 1101000100 IC12 room
Temperature
↑
–157–
Above 9999, 9999 is
displayed.
M
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
140 0011000100 IC13 room
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
141 1011000100 IC14 room
Temperature
↑
142 0111000100 IC15 room
Temperature
↑
143 1111000100 IC16 room
Temperature
↑
144 0000100100 IC1 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
145 1000100100 IC2 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
146 0100100100 IC3 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
147 1100100100 IC4 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
148 0010100100 IC5 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
149 1010100100 IC6 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
150 0110100100 IC7 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
151 1110100100 IC8 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
152 0001100100 IC9 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
153 1001100100 IC10 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
154 0101100100 IC11 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
155 1101100100 IC12 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
156 0011100100 IC13 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
157 1011100100 IC14 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
158 0111100100 IC15 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
159 1111100100 IC16 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
160 0000010100 IC1 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
161 1000010100 IC2 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
162 0100010100 IC3 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
163 1100010100 IC4 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
164 0010010100 IC5 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
165 1010010100 IC6 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
–158–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
166 0110010100 IC7 Gas Pipe
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
167 1110010100 IC8 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
168 0001010100 IC9 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
169 1001010100 IC10 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
170 0101010100 IC11 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
171 1101010100 IC12 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
172 0011010100 IC13 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
173 1011010100 IC14 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
174 0111010100 IC15 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
175 1111010100 IC16 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
176 0000110100 IC1 SH
↑
177 1000110100 IC2 SH
↑
178 0100110100 IC3 SH
↑
179 1100110100 IC4 SH
↑
180 0010110100 IC5 SH
↑
181 1010110100 IC6 SH
↑
182 0110110100 IC7 SH
↑
183 1110110100 IC8 SH
↑
184 0001110100 IC9 SH
↑
185 1001110100 IC10 SH
↑
186 0101110100 IC11 SH
↑
187 1101110100 IC12 SH
↑
188 0011110100 IC13 SH
↑
189 1011110100 IC14 SH
↑
190 0111110100 IC15 SH
↑
191 1111110100 IC16 SH
↑
192 0000001100 IC1 SC
↑
193 1000001100 IC2 SC
↑
194 0100001100 IC3 SC
↑
195 1100001100 IC4 SC
↑
196 0010001100 IC5 SC
↑
197 1010001100 IC6 SC
↑
198 0110001100 IC7 SC
↑
199 1110001100 IC8 SC
↑
–159–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
M
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
200 0001001100 IC9 SC
-99.9 ~ 999.9
201 1001001100 IC10 SC
↑
202 0101001100 IC11 SC
↑
203 1101001100 IC12 SC
↑
204 0011001100 IC13 SC
↑
205 1011001100 IC14 SC
↑
206 0111001100 IC15 SC
↑
207 1111001100 IC16 SC
↑
208 0000101100 IC1 LEV Opening
pulse
0 ~ 9999
209 1000101100 IC2 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
210 0100101100 IC3 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
211 1100101100 IC4 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
212 0010101100 IC5 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
213 1010101100 IC6 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
214 0110101100 IC7 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
215 1110101100 IC8 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
216 0001101100 IC9 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
217 1001101100 IC10 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
218 0101101100 IC11 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
219 1101101100 IC12 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
220 0011101100 IC13 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
221 1011101100 IC14 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
222 0111101100 IC15 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
223 1111101100 IC16 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
224 0000011100 IC1 Operation
Mode
225 1000011100 IC2 Operation
Mode
226 0100011100 IC3 Operation
Mode
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
M
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
227 1100011100 IC4 Operation
Mode
228 0010011100 IC5 Operation
Mode
–160–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
229 10100111000 IC6 Operation
Mode
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
230 0110011100 IC7 Operation
Mode
231 11100111000 IC8 Operation
Mode
232 0001011100 IC9 Operation
Mode
233 1001011100 IC10 Operation
Mode
234 0101011100 IC11 Operation
Mode
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
235 1101011100 IC12 Operation
Mode
236 0011011100 IC13 Operation
Mode
237 1011011100 IC14 Operation
Mode
238 0111011100 IC15 Operation
Mode
239 1111011100 IC16 Operation
Mode
240 0000111100 IC1 Filter
0 ~ 9999
241 1000111100 IC2 Filter
↑
242 0100111100 IC3 Filter
↑
243 1100111100 IC4 Filter
↑
244 0010111100 IC5 Filter
↑
245 1010111100 IC6 Filter
↑
246 0110111100 IC7 Filter
↑
247 1110111100 IC8 Filter
↑
248 0001111100 IC9 Filter
↑
249 1001111100 IC10 Filter
↑
250 0101111100 IC11 Filter
↑
251 1101111100 IC12 Filter
↑
252 0011111100 IC13 Filter
↑
253 1011111100 IC14 Filter
↑
254 0111111100 IC15 Filter
↑
255 1111111100 IC16 Filter
↑
–161–
M
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
E: E2 Contents stored in the E2PROM; M: Monitored by the IC through communications; E*: Stored in service memory.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
0 0000000000 Relay Output
Display 1 (Lights
up to display)
LD2
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater ON
ing
Check Display 1
OC Error
1 1000000000 Relay Output
Display 2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
SV1
SV2
Remarks
LD6
SV3
LD7
SV4
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
SV5
SV6
2 0100000000 Check Display 2
(Including the IC)
LD8
Lights for LD8 is a relay output indicator which
Normal
lights u at all times when the
Operation microcomputer’s power is ON.
When sending of a monitoring request to IC/BC is terminated, if there
is no error, “- - - -” is displayed. E*
E*
SSR
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
If there is no error,
“- - - -” is displayed. E*
0 ~ 9999
If no demand control, “- - -” displayed. {%} E*
3 1100000000
4 0010000000
5 1010000000 Communication
Demand capacity
6 0110000000 External Signal
(Signal being
input)
E*
7 1110000000 Outdoor Unit
BC
WarmOperation Display operating up
command mode
3 minutes
ComPrelimi- Error
restart
pressor nary
protection mode operating Error
E*
8 0001000000 Indoor Unit Check Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
9 1001000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No. 14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
10 0101000000 Indoor Unit
Operation Mode
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
11 1101000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No. 14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
12 0011000000 Indoor Unit
Thermostat ON
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
13 1011000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No. 14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
14 0111000000 BC All Indoor Unit CoolCoolHeatHeatMixed
ing-only ing-only ing-only ing-only ON
Mode
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Mixed
OFF
Fan
OFF
Permis- Standby Defrost Cooling- Cooling- Heating- Heatingsible Stop
only
main
only
main
16 0000100000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Coolingonly
Refrigerant
Recovery
17 1000100000 Preliminary Error
in Outdoor Unit
High
Low
Discharge Overcurrent Heat Sink Overcurrent INV
Pressure Pressure Tempera- Protection Thermostat Break
Error
Error 1, 2 Error 1, 2 ture Error
Operating
18 0100100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
pressure Detection
temperaError
Error
ture Error
19 1100100000
TH1
Error
TH2
Error
TH3
Error
TH4
Error
TH5
Error
20 0010100000
TH7
Error
TH8
Error
TH9
Error
TH10
Error
LPS
Error
Heatingonly
Refrigerant
Recovery
Heating
main
Refrigerant
Recovery
–162–
Coolingonly Oil
Recovery
Lights up during
cooling.
Blinks during heating.
Goes off during stop
and blower operation. M
Lights up when
thermostat is ON.
Goes off when
thermostat is OFF.
M
E*
15 1111000000 Outdoor Unit
Operation Mode
Coolingmain
Refrigerant
Recovery
Lights up if an abnormal stop
has occurred in the IC. The
indicator for Unit No. 1 goes off
when error reset is carried out
from the smallest address. M
Coolingmain Oil
Recovery
TH6
Error
Heatingonly Oil
Recovery
HPS
Error
Heatingmain Oil
Recovery
OverThe flag correspondcharged
ing to the item where
Refrigerant there is an error
delay lights up. E*
THHS
Error
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
Remarks
LD6
21 1010100000 Outdoor Unit
Preliminary Error
History
High
Low
Discharge Overcur- Heat Sink OvercurPressure Pressure Tempera- rent
Thermostat rent
Error 1, 2 Error
ture Error Protection Operation Break
22 0110100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
pressure Detection
temperaError
Error
ture Error
23 1110100000
TH1
Error
24 0001100000
TH7
Error
25 1001100000 Error History 1
26 0101100000 Inverter Error Detail
27 1101100000 Error History 2
28 0011100000 Inverter Error Detail
29 1011100000 Error History 3
30 0111100000 Inverter Error Detail
31 1111100000 Error History 4
32 0000010000 Inverter Error Detail
33 1000010000 Error History 5
34 0100010000 Inverter Error Detail
35 1100010000 Error History 6
36 0010010000 Inverter Error Detail
37 1010010000 Error History 7
38 0110010000 Inverter Error Detail
39 1110010000 Error History 8
40 0001010000 Inverter Error Detail
41 1001010000 Error History 9
42 0101010000 Inverter Error Detail
43 1101010000 Error History 10
TH2
Error
TH3
Error
TH4
Error
TH9
Error
TH10
Error
TH5
Error
TH6
Error
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
LD7
HPS
Error
LD8
OverLights up if an error
charged
delay has occurred
Refrigerant between the time the
power was turned on
and the present time.
To turn the indicators
off, switch the power
OFF briefly.
THHS
E*
Error
The error and error
delay code are
displayed. If the
address and error
code are shown in
reverse, or there is
no error, “- - - -” is
displayed. E
If there is no error, “- - -” is displayed. E
E
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
0 ~ 9999
44 0011010000 Inverter Error Detail
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 9)
45 1011010000 Type of Inverter Error
Preliminary (Details
of the inverter error in
No. 17)
0 ~ 9999
If there is no error,
“- - - - “ is always
overwritten.
E*
46 0111010000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
47 1111010000 TH2 Data
↑
48 0000110000 TH3 Data
↑
49 1000110000 TH4 Data
↑
50 0100110000 TH5 Data
↑
51 1100110000 TH6 Data
↑
–163–
E*
No. 52 THHS
data are
monitored by
the inverter
microcomputer.
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
52 0010110000 THHS Data
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
E*
-99.9 ~ 999.9
53 1010110000 HPS Data
↑
54 0110110000 TH7 Data
↑
55 1110110000
56 0001110000 TH9 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
57 1001110000 TH10 Data
↑
58 0101110000 LPS Data
↑
59 1101110000 α OC
0 ~ 9.999
60 0011110000 α OC*
↑
61 1011110000 Accumulator Level 1 and 2 below are displayed alternately at every 5 seconds.
α OC*
1 Accumulator Level: 0~9 (“AL=” is also displayed), 2 α OC*: 0~9.999
∆ Hz
0
∆ Hz
+
62 0111110000 HzAK Increase/
Decrease
∆ Hz
–
63 1111110000 Difference from
Target Tc
(Tcm-Tc)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
64 0000001000 Difference from
Target Te
(Tem-Te)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
∆ AK
–
∆ AK
0
∆ AK
+
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
–
–
65 1000001000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
66 0100001000 Te
↑
67 1100001000 Tcm
↑
68 0010001000 Tem
↑
69 1010001000 Comp Frequency
0 ~ 9999
Control Frequency E*
70 0110001000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
Frequency actually output from the inverter. E*
71 1110001000 AK
↑
E*
72 0001001000 SLEV
↑
73 1001001000 BC Address
↑
74 0101001000 FANCON Output
Value (Toff%)
↑
Displays the FANCON
output value used for
control. E*
-99.9 ~ 999.9
(M) Monitored by the
inverter’s microcomputer.
75 1101001000 DC Trunk Line
Current
76 0011001000 OC Address
0 ~ 9999
77 1011001000 IC1 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
78 0111001000 IC2 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
79 1111001000 IC3 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
80 0000101000 IC4 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
81 1000101000 IC5 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
82 0100101000 IC6 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
–164–
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 1
minute).
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
LD7
83 1100101000 IC7 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
84 0010101000 IC8 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
85 1010101000 IC9 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
86 0110101000 IC10 Address/
Capacity Code
LD8
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 5
seconds).
0 ~ 9999
87 1110101000 IC11 Address/
Capacity Code
88 0001101000 IC12 Address/
Capacity Code
89 1001101000 IC13 Address/
Capacity Code
90 0101101000 IC14 Address/
Capacity Code
91 1101101000 IC15 Address/
Capacity Code
92 0011101000 IC16 Address/
Capacity Code
93 1011101000 COMP Operation
Time,
Higher order 4 digits
0 ~ 9999
E*
↑
94 0111101000 Lower order 4
digits
95 1111101000 Outdoor Unit
Operation\Mode
Permissible Standby Defrost Cooling- Cooling- Heating- HeatingStop
only
main
only
main
96 0000011000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Cooling-only Cooling-main Heating-only Heating-main CoolingRefrigerant Refrigerant Refrigerant Refrigerant only Oil
Recovery
Recovery
Recovery
Recovery
Recovery
Coolingmain Oil
Recovery
Heatingonly Oil
Recovery
97 1000011000 Relay Output
Display 1
Lighting Display
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater ON
ing
SV3
SV4
SV1
SV2
98 0100011000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
99 1100011000 TH2 Data
↑
100 0010011000 TH3 Data
↑
101 1010011000 TH4 Data
↑
102 0110011000 TH5 Data
↑
103 1110011000 TH6 Data
↑
104 0001011000 HPS Data
↑
105 1001011000 THHS Data
↑
106 010101100 TH7 Data
↑
107 1101011000
108 0011011000 TH9 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
109 1011011000 TH10 Data
↑
110 0111011000 LPS Data
↑
111 1111011000 α OC
0 ~ 9.999
–165–
E
Heatingmain Oil
Recovery
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
112 0000111000 α OC*
LD7
LD8
E
0 ~ 9.999
113 1000111000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
114 0100111000 Te
↑
115 1100111000 Configuration
Correction Value
0 ~ 9999
116 0010111000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
117 1010111000 AK
↑
118 0110111000 SLEV
↑
119 1110111000 Relay out put
Display2
lighting Display
Remarks
LD6
SV5
SV6
SSR
120 0001111000 DC Trunk Line
Current
-99.9 ~ 999.9
121 1001111000 Outdoor Unit
WarmBC
Operation Display operating up
command mode
122 0101111000 BC All Indoor Unit CoolingMode
only ON
3-minute Re- Compres- Prelimi- Error
start protection sor
nary
mode
Operating Error
Cooling- Heatingonly OFF only ON
Heating- Mixed
only OFF ON
Mixed
OFF
Fan
Stop
123 1101111000
124 0011111000
125 1011111000
126 0111111000
127 1111111000 Elapsed Time for
CS Circuit Closed
Detection
0 ~ 9999
128 0000000100 BC TH 11 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
129 1000000100 IBC TH 12 Data
↑
130 0100000100 BC TH 13 Data
↑
131 1100000100 BC TH 14 Data
↑
132 0010000100 BC TH 15 Data
↑
133 1010000100 BC TH 16 Data
↑
134 0110000100 BC P1 Data
↑
135 1110000100 BC P3 Data
↑
136 0001000100 BC SC 11 Data
↑
137 1001000100 BC SH 12 Data
↑
138 0101000100 BC SH 13 Data
↑
139 1101000100 BC SC 16 Data
↑
–166–
Above 9999, 9999 is
displayed.
M
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
140 0011000100 BC LEV 12 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
141 1011000100 BC LEV 3 Data
↑
142 0111000100 BC LEV 4 Data
↑
143 1111000100
↑
144 0000100100 IC1 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
145 1000100100 IC2 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
146 0100100100 IC3 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
147 1100100100 IC4 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
148 0010100100 IC5 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
149 1010100100 IC6 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
150 0110100100 IC7 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
151 1110100100 IC8 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
152 0001100100 IC9 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
153 1001100100 IC10 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
154 0101100100 IC11 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
155 1101100100 IC12 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
156 0011100100 IC13 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
157 1011100100 IC14 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
158 0111100100 IC15 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
159 1111100100 IC16 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
160 0000010100 IC1 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
161 1000010100 IC2 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
162 0100010100 IC3 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
163 1100010100 IC4 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
164 0010010100 IC5 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
165 1010010100 IC6 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
–167–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
166 0110010100 IC7 Gas Pipe
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
167 1110010100 IC8 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
168 0001010100 IC9 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
169 1001010100 IC10 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
170 0101010100 IC11 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
171 1101010100 IC12 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
172 0011010100 IC13 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
173 1011010100 IC14 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
174 0111010100 IC15 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
175 1111010100 IC16 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
176 0000110100 IC1 SH
↑
177 1000110100 IC2 SH
↑
178 0100110100 IC3 SH
↑
179 1100110100 IC4 SH
↑
180 0010110100 IC5 SH
↑
181 1010110100 IC6 SH
↑
182 0110110100 IC7 SH
↑
183 1110110100 IC8 SH
↑
184 0001110100 IC9 SH
↑
185 1001110100 IC10 SH
↑
186 0101110100 IC11 SH
↑
187 1101110100 IC12 SH
↑
188 0011110100 IC13 SH
↑
189 1011110100 IC14 SH
↑
190 0111110100 IC15 SH
↑
191 1111110100 IC16 SH
↑
192 0000001100 IC1 SC
↑
193 1000001100 IC2 SC
↑
194 0100001100 IC3 SC
↑
195 1100001100 IC4 SC
↑
196 0010001100 IC5 SC
↑
197 1010001100 IC6 SC
↑
198 0110001100 IC7 SC
↑
199 1110001100 IC8 SC
↑
–168–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
M
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
200 0001001100 IC9 SC
-99.9 ~ 999.9
201 1001001100 IC10 SC
↑
202 0101001100 IC11 SC
↑
203 1101001100 IC12 SC
↑
204 0011001100 IC13 SC
↑
205 1011001100 IC14 SC
↑
206 0111001100 IC15 SC
↑
207 1111001100 IC16 SC
↑
208 0000101100 IC1 LEV Opening
pulse
0 ~ 9999
209 1000101100 IC2 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
210 0100101100 IC3 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
211 1100101100 IC4 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
212 0010101100 IC5 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
213 1010101100 IC6 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
214 0110101100 IC7 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
215 1110101100 IC8 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
216 0001101100 IC9 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
217 1001101100 IC10 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
218 0101101100 IC11 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
219 1101101100 IC12 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
220 0011101100 IC13 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
221 1011101100 IC14 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
222 0111101100 IC15 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
223 1111101100 IC16 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
Remarks
LD6
LD7
M
M
224 0000011100 IC1 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
225 1000011100 IC2 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
226 0100011100 IC3 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
LD8
M
0 ~ 99
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
227 1100011100 IC4 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
228 0010011100 IC5 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
–169–
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 5
seconds).
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
LD7
229 10100111000 IC6 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
M
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 5
seconds).
230 0110011100 IC7 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
231 11100111000 IC8 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
232 0001011100 IC9 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
233 1001011100 IC10 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
234 0101011100 IC11 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
LD8
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
0 ~ 99
235 1101011100 IC12 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
236 0011011100 IC13 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
237 1011011100 IC14 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
238 0111011100 IC15 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
239 1111011100 IC16 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
240 0000111100 IC1 Filter
0 ~ 9999
241 1000111100 IC2 Filter
↑
242 0100111100 IC3 Filter
↑
243 1100111100 IC4 Filter
↑
244 0010111100 IC5 Filter
↑
245 1010111100 IC6 Filter
↑
246 0110111100 IC7 Filter
↑
247 1110111100 IC8 Filter
↑
248 0001111100 IC9 Filter
↑
249 1001111100 IC10 Filter
↑
250 0101111100 IC11 Filter
↑
251 1101111100 IC12 Filter
↑
252 0011111100 IC13 Filter
↑
253 1011111100 IC14 Filter
↑
254 0111111100 IC15 Filter
↑
255 1111111100 IC16 Filter
↑
–170–
M
8 PREPARATION, REPAIRS AND REFRIGERANT REFILLING WHEN REPAIRING
LEAKS
[1] Location of leaks: Extension piping or indoor units (when cooling)
<PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-B>
1 Connect a pressure gauge to the low-pressure servicing check joint CJ2.
2 Test run all indoor units in cooling mode.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 OFF → ON to test run all indoor
units.
2. Change the remote controller settings so that all indoor units run in cooling mode.
3. Check that all indoor units are running in cooling mode.
3 Perform a pump down operation.
1. Close the liquid ball valve (BV2) on the outdoor unit to begin the pump down.
4 When the pressure gauge on the low-pressure servicing check joint CJ2 reads 2 kg/cm2G (0.20MPa), stop all
indoor units and the compressor.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 ON → OFF to stop all indoor units
and the compressor.
2. Check that all indoor units have been stopped.
5 Close the gas ball valve (BV1) on the outdoor unit.
6 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the extension piping or the indoor units.
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
7 Repair the leak point.
8 After the leak point is repaired, extract all air from the extension piping and the indoor units to create a vacuum.
9 Open both ball valves (BV1 and BV2) on the outdoor unit, then adjust the refrigerant amount and verify that the
refrigerant is circulating properly.
<PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B> (Pump down operation)
1 Attach a pressure gage to the low-pressure servicing check joint (CJ2).
2 Stop all of the indoor units. When the compressor has stopped, shut off the liquid ball valve (BV2) for the outdoor
unit.
3 Stop all of the indoor units. When the compressor has stopped, turn the SW3-6 switch on the main board for the
outdoor unit to ON. (This will start the pump down operation causing all of the indoor units to enter the cooling
mode.)
4 While in the pump down operation (SW3-6 ON), the low pressure (LPS) will reach below at least 2 kg/cm2G
(0.20 MPa) or the indoor unit and the compressor will automatically shut down within 15 minutes of starting the
pump down operation. Shut down all of the indoor units and the compressor if the pressure gage for the lowpressure servicing joint (CJ2) reads 1.5 kg/cm2G (0.15 MPa) or after running the pump down operation for 20
minutes.
5 Shut off the gas ball valve (BV1) for the outdoor unit.
6 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the extension piping and the indoor units.
Be sure to recover the refrigerant without releasing it into the air.
7 Repair the location of the leak.
8 After repairing the leak, create a vacuum to remove any air from inside of the extension piping or the indoor
units.
9 Open the ball valves for the outdoor unit (BV1 and BV2), turn the SW3-6 switch to OFF, adjust refrigerant levels
and confirm proper circulation.
[2] Location of leaks: Outdoor unit (Cooling mode)
1 Test run all indoor units in cooling mode.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 OFF → ON to test run all indoor
units.
2. Change the remote controller settings so that all indoor units run in cooling mode.
3. Check that all indoor units are running in cooling mode.
–171–
2-1
Check the Tc and TH7 data (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B).
(The self-diagnosis switch (SW1) on the MAIIN board of the outdoor unit can be used to display this data on
the LED.)
1. If Tc – TH7 is 10 degrees or more ........... Continue to step 3.
2. If Tc – TH7 is less than 10 degrees ......... After stopping the compressor, remove any refrigerant, repair the
leak point, then extract the air to create a vacuum and refill with
new refrigerant (same procedure as 4. Location of leaks: Outdoor
unit (when heating)).
[Tc self-diagnosis switch]
[TH7 self-diagnosis switch]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
2-2
Check the Tc and SC16 data. (PURY-P200·250YMF-B)
(The LED monitor switch (SW1) on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit can be used to display this data on
the LED.)
1. If SC16 is 10 degrees or more ................. Continue to step 3.
2. If SC16 is less than 10 degrees ............... After stopping the compressor, remove any refrigerant, repair the
leak point, then extract the air to create a vacuum and refill with
new refrigerant (same procedure as 4. Location of leaks: Outdoor
unit (when heating)).
[Tc LED monitor switch]
[SC16 LED monitor switch]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
3 Stop all indoor units and the compressor.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 ON → OFF to stop all indoor units and
the compressor.
2. Check that all indoor units have been stopped.
4 Close both ball valves (BV1 and BV2).
5 Remove a small amount of refrigerant from the liquid ball valve (BV2) check joint. If this operation is not performed,
remaining refrigerant may cause the unit to malfunction.
6 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the outdoor unit.
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
7 Repair the leak point.
8 After the leak point is repaired, change the dryer and extract all of the air from the outdoor unit to create a vacuum.
9 Open both ball valves (BV1 and BV2) on the outdoor unit, then adjust the refrigerant amount and verify that the
refrigerant is circulating properly.
[3] Location of leaks: Extension piping or indoor units (Heating mode)
1 Test run all indoor units in heating mode.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 OFF → ON to test run all indoor
units.
2. Change the remote controller settings so that all indoor units run in heating mode.
3. Check that all indoor units are running in heating mode.
2 Stop all indoor units and the compressor.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 ON → OFF to stop all indoor units
and the compressor.
2. Check that all indoor units have been stopped.
3 Close both ball valves (BV1 and BV2).
4 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the extension piping or the indoor units.
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
5 Repair the leaks.
6 After the leaks are repaired, extract all air from the extension piping and the indoor units to create a vacuum.
Then, open both ball valves (BV1 and BV2), then adjust the refrigerant amount and verify that the refrigerant is
circulating properly.
–172–
[4] Location of leaks: Outdoor unit (when heating)
1 Remove any refrigerant from the entire system (outdoor unit, extension piping and indoor units).
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
2 Repair the leaks.
3 After the leaks are repaired, replace the dryer with a new one and extract all of the air from the entire system to
create a vacuum. Then, refill with refrigerant until it reaches the calculated specification (outdoor unit + extension
piping + indoor units). Refer to “Chapter 6” for more details.
–173–
9 CHECK THE COMPOSITION OF THE REFRIGERANT (PURY-P200·250YMF-B only)
YES
NO
Start
Test run all indoor units.
Are all units operating
stably? (Note 1)
NO
YES
Is the refrigerant
composition of αOC
correct? (Note 2)
NO
YES
Finished checking the
composition.
Check TH2, TH9, LPS and the CS
circuit block and correct any malfunctions. (Note 3)
Is the
refrigerant composition of αOC correct?
(Note 2)
NO
YES
Finished checking the
composition.
Check that
R407 is correctly
charged.
(Note 4)
NO
YES
Calibrate the refrigerant composition
of αOC. (Note 6)
Finished checking the
composition.
–174–
Recharge the refrigerant.
(Note 5)
Note 1 Wait until the units stabilize as described in the refrigerant amount adjustment procedure in “Chapter 6”.
Note 2 After the units are operating stably, check that the refrigerant composition of αOC is within the following
ranges, indicating that the composition check is finished.
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 0 when cooling:
αOC = 0.20 ~ 0.26
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 1 when cooling:
αOC = 0.23 ~ 0.34
When heating:
αOC = 0.25 ~ 0.34
(The self-diagnosis switch (SW1) on the main board of the outdoor unit can be used to display this data on
the LED.)
[αOC self-diagnosis switch]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Note 3 TH2 and TH9:
Check and make any corrections using the same method as that for a faulty temperature
sensor, (refer to TROUBLESHOOTING).
LPS:
Check and make any corrections using the same method as that for a faulty low pressure
sensor, (refer to TROUBLESHOOTING).
CS circuit block: Set the self-diagnosis switch on the outdoor MAIN board as shown below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
• Check and make any corrections so that “0” is displayed.
• If any number other than 0 is displayed and TH2, TH9 or LPS are malfunctioning, correct them, then set
SW2-9 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit from OFF to ON.
• If any number other than 0 is displayed and TH2, TH9 or LPS are not malfunctioning, replace the CS
circuit if refrigerant is not flowing through it (while operating) and set SW2-9 on the MAIN board of the
outdoor unit from OFF to ON.
Note 4 If it can be verified that R407C was correctly charged in the liquid phase, continue to Yes. If there is a
possibility that it was not charged correctly, such as with a gas charger, continue to No.
Note 5 After reclaiming the system’s refrigerant, extract the air to create a vacuum, then refill with new refrigerant.
Be sure to charge in the liquid phase. In addition, be sure to change the dryer.
Note 6 After the units are operating stably, check that the refrigerant composition of αOC is within the following
ranges, indicating that the circulation check is finished.
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 0 when cooling:
αOC = 0.21 ~ 0.25
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 1 when cooling:
αOC = 0.24 ~ 0.28
When heating:
αOC = 0.27 ~ 0.31
If the refrigerant composition of αOC is not within the ranges specified above, a large error has been
detected. Refer to section 1-3 in Chapter 6, then after setting SW4-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit
to ON, calibrate the refrigerant circulation constant αOC with SW4-2 until it is within the ranges specified
above.
After calibrating, keep the SW4-1 ON and finish the circulation check.
<Example calibration of the refrigerant circulation constant αOC>
Conditions: If the accumulator liquid level AL = 0 and αOC = 0.29 when cooling, αOC must be adjusted so
that it is between 0.21 and 0.25.
By switching SW4-2 between ON and OFF, adjustments can be made in the following order:
0 → 3% → 6% → 9% → 12% → -6% → -3% → 0
For this example, by making an adjustment of -0.06 (-6%), αOC can be adjusted to 0.23.
1. If SW4-2 is already set to OFF, change the switch 5 times.
OFF (0.29) → ON (0.32) → OFF (0.35) → ON (0.38) → OFF (0.41) → ON (0.23)
2. If SW4-2 is already set to ON, change the switch 5 times.
ON (0.29) → OFF (0.32) → ON (0.35) → OFF (0.38) → ON (0.41) → OFF (0.23)
–175–
PURY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PURY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010V-D
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010, P1013, P1016V-E
HEAD OFFICE MITSUBISHI DENKI BLDG. MARUNOUCHI TOKYO 100-0005 TELEX J24532 CABLE MELCO TOKYO
Issued in June 1999 MEE98K028
Printed in Japan
New publication effective June 1999
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Service Handbook PUHY, PUY, PURY-200·250YMF-B/PUHY, PURY-P200·P250YMF-B/CMB-P-V-D, CMB-P-V-E
Service Handbook PUHY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PUHY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
PUY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
AIR CONDITIONERS CITY MULTI
Models
PUHY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PUHY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
PUY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PURY-200YMF-B, 250YMF-B
PURY-P200YMF-B, P250YMF-B
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010V-D
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010, P1013, P1016V-E
Service Handbook